Home

MachStdMill Screen Set Package

1. Figure 181 Proxy Activation Pause This dialog tells you that the first phase of the Proxy Activation process is complete Important If you continue or close this dialog before completing the second phase of the proxy Activation process your installation will not be activated and you will have to restart the sequence Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 285 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 16 1 2 4 1 2 Proxy PC Phase 2 Remove the thumb drive from the MachStdMill installation computer and take it to the Proxy computer At the Proxy computer you will use the information that was copied to the thumb drive Here is an example of a drive with a Proxy Activation request on it Thumb Drive F asked File Edit View Favorites Tools Help O Back P Search Folders Flv Address ee F A up a T ProxyActivationRequest a S My Documents H My Computer amp BW HDD C El zeg BW Backup HDD D E bs DVD RW Drive E S Thumb Drive F Figure 182 Proxy Activation Files You will see that two items were placed here by the MachStdMill Installation computer 1 the data for this activation request and 2 The MSM Proxy Utility installer files The proxy Utility will be used to do the second phase of the Proxy Activation sequence This requires that a proxy Activation utility be installed on the Proxy PC Go into the MSM Proxy Utility Setup folder BW
2. Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 34 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 2 1 3 Basic MachStdMill Control types 2 1 3 1 Buttons All buttons in MachStdMill have a consistent visual style e Buttons are visually raised and appear to stand out from the panel background e MachStdMill buttons are a shaded grey when in the off state Two button sub types are used within MachStdMill Action Buttons and State Buttons 2 1 3 1 1 Action Buttons Action buttons perform an action when pressed This is indicated visually by Mach via an effect where the button shrinks toward its center when pressed and returns to normal appearance when released Here is an example of an action button Here is the same button when depressed ae Load 2 1 3 1 2 State Buttons State buttons indicate an off on state They are grey when off and a different color when on Here is an example of a state button when off Jogging And the same button when on Jogging The color used for on is most often green indicating that an option control is on A few buttons use yellow or orange as the on color these denote conditions which are viewed as worth drawing the Operator s attention to when they are on 2 1 3 2 Lights LEDs Mach provides indication of the state of many objects via the MachStdMill UI These objects are not settable by the operato
3. ScreenSetMacros MachStdMill set Custom Scripts and save a Copy of the file into the Custom Scripts sub directory Now open the copy that you just created in the custom sub tree Make sure you are not editing the master version of the script The contents of All RefAllHome will now be shown Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 266 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 E All RefAllHome Mach3 VB Scipt Editor File Edit Run Debug BreakPoints eS D gt di O M EE Option Explicit xxxxxx x DO NOT remove or change the expand line or the included file contents xxxxxxxxxxx MachStdMI11 license terms REQUIRE that the copyright and License terms remain a part of t expand lt Masters Headers CopyRightAndLicenseNotice gt 26 36 96 JE 36 JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE FE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE AE HHH 1 code to send all 4 axes home to reference 24 22 Const BtnHomeRefZ Const BtnHomeRefX Const BtnHomeRefY 23 Const BtnHomeRefA 25 Const OEMBtnZeroXEncoder Const OEMBtnZeroYEncoder Const OEMBtnZeroZEncoder noun wt DoButton BtnHomeRefZ DoButton BtnHomeRefY DoButton BtnHomeRefX DoButton BtnHomeRefA Do0EMButton OEMBtnZeroXEncoder Do0EMButton OEMBtnZeroYEncoder Do0EMButton OEMBtnZeroZEncoder Ln 4 Col 18 Use the editor to delete the entire contents of the script yes delete the copyright exp
4. Last Wizard Pick Wizard G Code Utility Regen J Follow Bounds No File Loaded 0 0000 m i 0 0000 0 0500 ye incr Mach3 0 0000 Reset x Y ZT W tooo V sv Ss Ww 0 0000 E 0 0000 O a 0 0000 Mill gt G15 GO G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 Load WC Offset ooling Run User Exts Settings Jogging Cont 50 MPG Step TPath 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Hardware Sim 0 00 00 00 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Reference Figure 203 6 Axis Load page Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 303 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help D Macn3 CNC e Probing Touch Off Ko 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 h 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Current Tool G43 EAS TLO Active 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Jogging Cont r 250 MPG Step 0 0500 Cyc mer G54 xX YY 72 W 000 KKK RN er es er er ep emp e Mil gt G15 GO G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 FT WC Offset Tooling mR MUSEFEXS mm settings mm ardware FReference Figure 204 6 Axis WC Offset Touch Off page a gt FU Y gt 6 Mac
5. Probing Op Probing Error Probe Op Reset Jogging Cont ai gt MPG f Mach3 Reset Step 0 0500 FCyc ner ry S TETT Wi MasterT Mode Probe Probe Only Active Mill gt G15 G0 G10 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G43 G99 G64 G97 mad fr fr WC Offset fFTooling Run FUser Exts Settings Hardware Reference Figure 112 WCO Probing Page MachStdMill provides support for using a 3D probe to set work coordinate offsets and to get simple measurements from a part To utilize this functionality a configured and attached 3D probe 1s required Some of the panels on this page have been previously described and will be reviewed in this section 8 1 Probe Tool Tip Geometry 3D Probe tools are assumed to have a spherical tip and the tool table diameter is used as the tip diameter If you attempt to use a cylindrical tool with a flat end like a piece of bar stock you will not get correct probe results Both MSM and Mach assume that a probe has a spherical tip while Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 154 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 a flat cylinder does not While the difference will not be noticed for probing motion in the XY plane any probing motion which involves Z will be incorrect This is because the control pointof the probe tool is not at the physical end of the tool rathere the control point is the center of the probe tip This is illustrated in the figure below Z Effect of Non
6. e Buttons e LEDs Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 164 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Probe MasterT M Probe Only Active Mode Figure 126 Edge Finding Probe Operation Arrows amp Buttons 8 6 1 Probing Operation Group Selection buttons The left pointing triangle and right pointing triangle buttons allow you to cycle between the different probing operation groups 8 6 2 Edge Finding Probe Action Graphic Buttons The graphic buttons initiate the corresponding probing operation s 8 6 2 1 Vertical Surface Probe Operations This group of probing operations are used to probe along the X X Y and Y axes to find a vertical surface The graphic button arrows are labeled Probe X Probe X Probe Y and Probe Y These probe operations simply probe in the direction indicated by the arrow at whatever Z level the probe is at when the operation is invoked By clicking on the green shaded ovals associated with each arrow you can perform a down and over probe This has the convenience of finding the top surface and then setting the probe tip to an appropriate probe depth below the Z surface before doing the Arrow operation 8 6 2 2 Z Zero Probe Operation This operation probes in the Z direction to find a surface perpendicular to the Z axis The Probe TLO is accounted for if TLO is active Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 165 MachStdMil
7. 4 3 3 1 Edit This button opens the Mach3 Dialog box that allows you to directly edit the WCO values in Mach s internal control memory The dialog also allows you to make any WCO active by selecting the desired WCO entry from the table Saving from this dialog will save any changes into the Mach3 Control memory Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 85 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 4 3 3 2 Save This button saves the current WCO values to a persistent internal Mach storage location Depending on the option setting in Mach s General Config menu WCOs can be automatically reloaded when Mach is restarted 4 3 3 3 Save As This button allows you to save the current control memory WCO values to an external disk file This allows you to setup offsets for physical tooling fixtures and save them for later reuse with the fixture 4 3 3 4 Load This button allows you to load the WCO table from a previously saved WCO table disk file 4 3 3 5 Report This button creates a report of the current WCO values and loads and opens it with the non G code editor Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 86 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 5 Tool Handling 5 1 MachStdMill concepts Tools Holders and Changers 5 1 1 Human Tool Changers Mach3 users typically don t have hardware auto tool change capability Yet the typical Mach3 controlled mill is used with multiple tools in the course of a job Effe
8. 5 4 4 1 2 4 Tool Diameter Geometry This area displays the Diameter geometry of the tool The values for diameter and diameter wear are presented to the operator in units appropriate for the tool The supported tool units are inches and millimeters MachStdMill takes care of internally converting tool units to setup units as needed by Mach3 Thus it is possible to on a imperial setup machine to enter a 10mm diameter drill as 10mm rather than as 0 393701 inches Similarly on a metric machine a 3 8 drill may be entered as 0 375 inches rather than 9 525 mm 5 4 4 1 2 4 1 Tool Units The radio buttons determine the units that will be associated with the values supplied by the operator in the dialog 5 4 4 1 2 4 2 Diameter This field displays the Diameter of the tool 5 4 4 1 2 4 3 Diameter Wear This field displays the wear diameter of the tool 5 4 4 2 Enhanced Tool Table Actions This section describes the relationship between Mach s internal Tool table and MachStdMill s external Tool Table files The tool table structures used by Mach and MSM are diagramed in the figure below 37 The use of Tool Units is strictly for the operators convenience all internal tool table entry values used by Mach are always presented to Mach in the machine s setup units Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 119 MachStdMill User Manual Save Mach TT Action causes mach to Write mach s session Tool table t
9. All tools are touched to the same Z level or XY plane The touch off technique uses the PartZO plane as that reference plane Interestingly the actual machine Z coordinate of Part ZO is never known or used during this process The touch off technique provides a TLO relative to the Part surface for each tool However it does not yield Part_WCz0 as we don t know the PTL This technique uses Part_MCz0 as a common relative reference plane without knowing the plane s Z coordinate value The touch off technique requires that the WC ZO has been set before the tools are touched off to Part ZO Let s consider a more complicated example where WCOz is not equal to 0 i e when WCZO0 is not equal to MCz0 Neither the part nor the Tool have changed position only the WC is shifted from MCz0 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 103 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Tool 1 Tip Touching Part Z0 WCOz lt gt 0 Gage Line M20 WCZ Offset 3 5 wczo T1 TLO Z 4 5 MC Z 8 0 TLO MC_ZPos n WC_ZOffset Part ZO Figure 70 TLO with WCOz lt gt 0 We now see that the general formula for TLO is TLO equals the distance the tool has to move from WC Z0 to place the Tool tip at Part Z0 The relationships are given by Part_WCz0 WCz0 WC_TLO PTL Equation 2 Combining Equation 1 and Equation 2 we get Part_WCz0 WCz0 WC_TLO PTL Part_WCz0 MCz0 WCOz WC_TLO PTL
10. Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 44 MachStdMill User Manual 2 2 4 Hot keys Revision 2 15 MachStdMill hot keys generally follow the windows convention of alt lt key letter gt where the key letter is related to the name of the function being invoked MachStdMill has the following hot key assignments MachStdMill Function Spindle CW M3 Spindle CCW M4 Spindle Stop M5 Flood toggle M7 Mist Toggle M8 Block Delete toggle Jog increment Cycle Jogging On Off toggle Load G code Optional M1 Stop switch toggle Run Cycle start Stop Single Step Rewind Pause Feed Hold MachStdMill Hotkey Alt 3 Alt 4 Alt 5 Alt 7 Alt 8 Alt B Alt C Alt J Alt L Alt M Alt R Alt S Alt T Alt W Space IT Note In recognition of the entrenched key stroke habits within the Mach user base the Feed hold hotkey assignment Space bar does not follow this convention Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 45 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 3 Tutorial Loading Previewing and Running G code 3 1 General Work Flow A typical sequence of events when machining a part is 1 Startup the machine 2 Load for hand coded G code or CAM output or create if using wizards the needed G code 3 Simulate the program to have Mach3 check for errors and estimate run times 4 Set up Work Coordinate offsets to support fixtures stock 5 Set up tool table information for the tools to be
11. Program Group MachStdMill Existing Groups Accessories Administrative Tools MP3 Utilities Music Apps Navigation Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 287 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MSMProxyActivationUtility Setup Ex MSMProxyActivationUtiity Setup was completed successfully When the proxy utility installation is complete you will see a new Windows start menu item for the utility fm MachStdMil m MSMProxyActivationUtiity d 2 Figure 184 Proxy Utility Start Menu Item Now that the utility is installed use the start menu to run the utility Note It is best to use the version of the utility that was provided by the Proxy Activation Request If you use an old version of the utility from a prior version of MachStdMill it may complain about the ProxyActivationRequest file version The utility will tell you if you have a incompatibility between the request file version and the utility version If that should happen install the current utility version over the old one and start the new version of the Proxy Activation Utility When the utility starts it will first ask you to point it to the ProxyActivationRequest file Browse to the file on the thumb drive Browse to ProxyActivation file Lookin Se Thumb Drive F gt 23 2 My Recent Documents El Desktop Files oftype ProxyActivation v Cancel Figure 185 Proxy Utility Browse Window Copyright
12. This probe operation should be started with the probe tip roughly over the center of the post you want to probe The probe will search in Z to establish an initial Z height and then the probe will lift above this height by Z Clearance The center of the cylinder will be found in the X and Y directions and probe tip will be positioned over the top center of the post The post is assumed to be circular probing an ellipse or other non circular shape will not yield valid results If Probe Only is off the X Y and Z axes will be Zeroed to the center top of the post The results of the probe operation will be shown in the result portion of the Probing Op Parameters panel 8 8 1 5 Circular Pocket Center Probe Operation Click the double headed arrow inside the center hole to initiate this operation The probe will be used to find the center of the hole and will be left positioned at the X Y center of the circle The hole is assumed to be circular probing an ellipse or other non circular shape will not yield valid results A down and over version of the circle probe operation is also provided Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 179 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 8 8 2 Pocket and Post Group buttons The buttons in the panel are mostly the same as those in the edge finding group panel 8 8 2 1 Calibration This panel has an additional button Calibration which is covered in section 8 9 8
13. When a bug is reported the first response a user should expect is Has this been verified to occur with a Master MachStdMill Screen Set configuration No is not a good answer if you want attention paid to the bug report Yes is a much more interesting answer from the viewpoint of a MachStdMill support person Since a master configuration should always be available which was not the case with prior to MachStdMill it is anticipated that this will be of significant assistance in determining if a problem is related to the core MachStdMill version or a user customization If you suspect something is broken first try it while running a Master MachStdMill Screen Set All you have to do to get to a Master non customized Screen set configuration is to select a Master Screen set via the Load Screen button Since various scripts and set files are shipped and installed in source form with MachStdMill it is possible that a Master setup could have been modified since the last MachStdMill install This possibility can be eliminated by reinstalling MachStdMill The install process will overwrite all the master files and not modify files in the custom directories The bug can then be verified against the known clean master screens set 15 6 Customizing Button Actions Once you have created a Custom MachStdMill set file you may want to modify the action of a button This section introduces the method for customizing a Mach
14. inside of the corner within Step Off width of both the X and Y edges 8 5 1 3 Probing Depth For down and over operations the probing depth is automatically set as show below Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 162 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Probe Depth Probing Depth Probe Diameter Figure 125 Probing Depth The probe is positioned such that the tip of the probe is at one Probe Diameter below the Z surface The probing depth may be modified by the use of the Extra Probe Depth parameter 8 5 1 4 Probe Fast FR Feed Rate Initial Feed rate to use for all probing operations 8 5 1 5 Probe Slow FR Feed Rate Feed rate for optional 2 probe of a found surface This can be used to get better accuracy from the probe If the slow feed rate 0 the second re probe operation is disabled and it is not performed 8 5 1 6 Max X Y Distance Max distance in X and Y that a probing operation will move If the probe is not triggered within this distance the probe operation will return an error 8 5 1 7 X Y Clearance The amount to back the probe off in X Y from the found surface when a probe operation is successful It is recommended that this distance be gt 0 Due to the sensitivity of most probes if you do not back off the probed surface the probe may be re triggered by small motions or vibrations Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 163 MachStd
15. interface approach 1 The Mach Probe Signal and the Timing Signal must both be defined and enabled in the Mach Ports amp Pins dialog 2 Both the Probe and Timing Signals must be on input pins 3 The Probe and Timing signals must be defined on the same Port This is crucial as the interfaces will not work correctly if the two signals are defined on pins that are on separate ports For example You can not use the Probe Signal on Pin 13 of Parallel port 1 and the timing signal on pin 15 of parallel port 2 Attempting to use multiple ports may very likely will result in machine crashes during probing operations 6 1 3 2 1 Technical Notes about Two Signal Interfaceing Timing signal usage The two signal implementation makes use of the Mach Timing input signal The timing signal was deprecated in mach is no longer used by Mach in the 3 43 xx series however it is still present in the ports amp pins table This made it a easy signal for MSM to repurpose and use as the touch Plate input MachStdMill GUI impacts When using the standard one signal interface all devices present the single Probe input signal to mach and hence to MSM Effectively all devices are OR ed together and any device that is Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 134 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 triggered will cause an active probe input signal to mach A convenient side effect of this is that any device will cause
16. to the approximate width of the ridge being probed There is no need for the hint to be precise If the hint value is too large a little extra time will be expended probing air This probe operation should be started with the probe tip roughly over the center of the ridge you want to probe The probe will search in Z to establish an initial Z height and the he probe will lift above this height by Z Clearance The probe will then step over by a distance equal to Hint 2 Step Off Width and then lower to find the first face of the ridge The rest of the operation will find both outside faces of the ridge the position the probe tip over the center of the ridge Finally the Z height of the ridge at the center line will be probed If Probe Only is off the X and Z axes will be Zeroed to the center line of the top of the ridge The results of the probe operation will be shown in the result portion of the Probing Op Parameters panel Note that for a X direction Ridge Probe the Y axis is not changed by the operation 8 7 1 4 Y Direction Ridge Probe This operation measures and finds the center of a Ridge along the Y axis Note that the measurement direction is perpendicular to the visual direction of the Ridge 1 e a Y measurement is used for ridges which runs in the X direction 8 7 1 4 1 Y Hint DRO The Y Hint DRO is an input parameter specific to this operation Simply set the hint to the approximate width of the ridge
17. 2 2 2 1 Work setup and G code Execution Pages The left four page buttons are the pages for Work setup and G code Execution Load WC Offset Tooling Run 2 2 2 2 User Extensibility MachStdMill provides a page with only the common work setup and execution controls This is the User Exts page The page is intentionally left mostly blank and is intended as a place where users can make add modifications to include custom functionality The presence of this page removes the need for a user to figure out how to create and integrate a new page into the screen set before being able to add a control with a screen designer 2 2 2 3 Machine Configuration and Reference Pages The right three page buttons are the pages for Machine configuration and reference information Settings Hardware Reference 2 2 2 4 Sub Pages Several of the main pages also have sub pages Sub pages are accessed via tabs in the upper left portion of the page Here is an example from the Run page Run Ss Pam MachStdMill initialized Clear Hist Figure 10 Tabbed Subpage Example All Page Navigation buttons and tabs are Grey when Off and Green when On 2 2 3 Common Controls Work setup and G code Execution Pages Several control groups are common to multiple MachStdMill pages 2 2 3 1 Mach Message Displays Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 39 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MachStdMill Initialized Clear Hist Error
18. 8 6 11 LEDs 8 6 11 1 Probe Active This LED indicates when the Mach3 Probe input signal is active 8 6 11 2 Master Tool Mode This LED indicates when the MachStdMill Master Tool Mode is active 8 7 Ridge and Valley Probing Operation Group This group provides support for probing and measuring Ridges and Valleys While the graphic shows rectangular ridges and valleys the probing logic will work with any cross sectional shape which is symmetrical wrt to the center line of the ridge or valley Accordingly these operations may be used to measure and find the center top of objects with rectangular round or triangular cross sections Objects with asymmetrical cross sections will introduce errors into the centerline results Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 173 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 1 0000 T First Z S X ya Probe MasterT ra Probe Only Active Mode 8 7 1 Ridge and Valley Action Graphic Buttons 8 7 1 1 X Direction Valley Probe This operation measures and finds the center of a valley along the X axis Note that the measurement direction is perpendicular to the visual direction of the valley 1 e a X measurement is used for valleys which run in the Y direction These probe operations simply probe the span in the direction indicated by the arrow at whatever Z level the probe is at when the operation is invoked By clicking on the green shaded ovals associated with a double h
19. Activate MachStdMill Online have a valid License ID Activate Manually Maunal activation is for use only when directed by CVI support Figure 174 Activation Methods Dialog Each computer on which MachStdMill is activated is treated as a MachStdMill installation The license purchase determines the maximum number of MachStdMill installations permitted for the license Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 280 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 16 1 2 1 Online Activation Pick the Activate MachStdMill Online to activate a purchased license You will be presented with this Online Activation Dialog E License ID and Password Mach StdMill Please enter your License ID and Password received through your email Please enter your License ID Where is my License ID Please enter your Password Figure 175 Online Activation Dialog Enter your License ID and password The License ID and password must be entered exactly as they were sent to you the password is case sensitive MachStdMill will then contact the online license server to verify the entered License ID and password You will see a progress bar while this process takes place Upon successful activation you will see this dialog Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 281 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 BB MachStdMill Activation Mach StdMill Activation The activation was successful Product Acti
20. Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 159 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The functions of the various probing operations are described in detail in later sections 8 5 Probing Operation Parameters Panel This panel provides the user interface to input key parameters used to control a probing operation The panel also displays probing operation results The contents of this panel change slightly when selecting a operation graphics block 0 0000 0 0000 8 2702 0 0000 0 1454 Probing Op Probing Error Probe Op Reset XIY Rotd Figure 122 Edge Finding Probing Op Parameters Panel The panel is horizontally divided into two parts by the Probing Operation message line The upper portion is where the operator specifies probing operation parameters and the lower portion is where probing operation results are displayed The lower portion also contains the probing operation status LEDs and the Probe Operation Reset button 8 5 1 Common Probing Operation Parameters 8 5 1 1 Probe Tool This specifies the tool of a probe tool While there can be more than one probe tool in the tool table MachStdMill only knows about one probe tool at any given time All probing operations require that the current tool be the probe tool 8 5 1 1 1 Probe TLOs Remember that all probing operations get the geometry of the probe tool from the tool table including the probe TLO Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Venture
21. Now that the gage block height is configured you are ready to touch a tool and set the Z axis zero from the tool To set Z Zero switch to the WC Offset Touch Off page Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 109 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 T Plate ESOS Active e Mode f No Radius Offset Figure 77 Set Z Zero Arrow Set the gage block on the WC ZO surface and lower the tool to the gage block When the tool is touching the gage block click the blue arrow labeled Set Z Zero Mach will set the Z Zero level to the reference surface by adjusting the WC Offset value for the Z axis Since you are not using TLO offsets you will have to do this operation each time the tool is changed This technique also requires that the part reference surface be available for tool touch at each tool change 1f you machine away the reference surface half way through the program you will have a problem 5 3 Offset Registers amp Data storage When offsets are being used offset information must be entered into the Mach tool table for use during G code run time Mach3 stores TLO data in the Mach tool table For each tool the internal Mach3 tool tables stores e The Tool Length Offset The Tool Length Offset Wear adjustment amount The Tool Diameter The Tool Diameter wear adjustment amount A descriptive name for the tool Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 110 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2
22. These errors could be accumulative and become the source of TLO errors for other tools since tools measured for TLO before the re measurement of the MT will have TLOs relative to the prior MT PTL they would no longer correspond to the updated MT PTL value Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 210 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 9 3 Using the Probe as the Master Tool It is very convenient for the probe tool to also be the Master Tool This is accomplished by setting the Probe Tool WC Offsets Probing Tab equal to the Master Tool Tooling page With this configuration and the Probe mounted in a RH holder you only need to measure the PTL of the Probe Master Tool The use of the probe to set ZO will then also perform the actions of setting WC Z0 from the Master Tool as the probe IS the master tool The result is that in one simple click you can find the stock s corner set ZO and have all the tools ready to go for the job If you also have a TCP TP you can use it to measure and set the TLO for all the non master tools by simply setting the TC options as shown TC Auto TCP TC Auto TLO TLO PTL FMeasure Tool Skip RH Tools Master T Mode and then performing the e T M6 e Measure Tool sequence for each non master tool If you do not have RH holders or do not want to bother setting the MTM TLOs prior to running the job simply let MSM do an MTM ATLO measurement as part of each tool ch
23. 15 9 1 2 2 ScreenSetUnload This user script hook is called after MachStdMill has completed all it s termination tasks If the user supplied script is present it will be invoked as part of the MachStdMill termination process No source modification of MachStdMill is required to enable this A template for the user script is installed by MachStdMill The template script documents the interface conditions for the user script Please see the template script source code for more information The template for the MachStdMill ScreenSetLoad user run time hook is installed in lt mach install dir gt ScreenSetMacros MachStdMill set Templates Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 271 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The script file invoked by MSM is lt mach install dir gt ScreenSetMacros MachStdMill set Custom MSMUserSSU 15 9 2 Pre Implemented Button Action Options 15 9 2 1 GotoZero Button Action One of the most common Mach3 support requests is How do I change the action of the GotoZero button As a convenience the MachStdMill master script for the GotoZero button includes support for some common alternative actions You may want to create a custom MachStdMill Screen Set that points to a copy of the Master GotoZero script and change the action of the script copy GotoZero actions can be changed by altering the constants defined in the script Const GotoZs 1 Const StraightX YZPathThenA 2 Const XYTh
24. AS supplied with MSM the template script simply puts up a dialog box that says the script has been called By changing a couple of lines in the script you can also use the sample code to start the D2NC program Similar code can be used to run other windows based G Code generating programs Please see the template script source for more details 15 9 3 MSM scripting APIs There are a scripting calls that MSM provides to either make user scripts easier to write or to solve specific script issues The Supported MSMAPI calls are provided in the MSMAPIs m1s script file There is also a matching Header file that defines the User Space resources used by the MSM APIs 15 9 3 1 MSMAPI GetToolDesc The stock Mach script call GetToolDesc CAN NOT be used with MSM on mach v3 This is because MSM requires per tool storage of extended attributes and the only place to save them is in the description field of the tool table Therefore if Mach s internal tool table description is directly accessed the XML that MSM stores in the description string can easily be corrupted This will lead to incorrect operation of the MSM extended tool table functionality However a user script still needs to be able to access the tool description To enable this MSM provides a direct substitution for the stock Mach call The MSM API takes the same parameters and returns the same values as the Mach call MSMAPI_GetToolDescription ByVal TN as integer as string Here is an exam
25. D Run Fm Here O Regen Follow Bounds FT Path Dist TO Go FGoto Zero Machine Coords YO top edge SRO B m 0 0000 F ools T1 0 375 2 flute EM CUTTER D i 5 0 Radius Corr 0 250 2 flute EM diamin D02 A A gt Prograr preamble G17 G20 G40 G49 G50 G80 XY plane inc MAI arr Zero 0 0000 ref G0 G90 XO YO ZO rapid EES y Dwell X Y Rotd 0 00 cv ES Se Jogging Cont 25 0 Sen MPG Step 0 0500 cyemer ff 654 Zero 0 0000 ret AE G ba wb AA A ov VS Ww 1 0000 Zero 0 0000 er 00 01 10000 AS GO Material size 4 0 x 4 0 x 0 5 6061 T6 Al Program zero XO Left edge Mill gt G15 GO G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 Load WC Offset Tooling Run User Exts Settings Hardware Reference Figure 33 Happy Face 10x7 Run Page The Run pages have some slight differences between the 10x7 and 12x9 resolutions The 12x9 resolution has sufficient screen space to include vertical speed amp feed override sliders while the 10x7 screen does not have space for the sliders they are available on the fly out page Other than this difference and some minor variation in the placement of the page s controls the pages have the same functionality Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 63 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 TES CNC Controller Licensed To David Bagby Ela File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Run Pai MSM Beta release exp
26. Here is an example of the port configured as output Figure 164 PP2 Output Display 10 4 3 Utilities These buttons invoke utility routines that are useful for setting up a Machine s configuration See the Install amp Config manual for descriptions of these utilities Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 234 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 10 4 4 Mach Driver Metrics The values in this panel display various performance metrics for Mach3 s parallel port driver and movement buffers and are for intended for diagnostic use 10 5 Reference Pages The MachStdMill reference pages provide access to Mach3 and MachStdMill documentation and manuals as well as quick reference information These pages also provide information about the MachStdMill license terms and acknowledgement of people who significantly assisted with the development of the of the MachStdMill project The lower center area of the page is used to display MachStdMill version and license status information Mech CNC Licensed To David Bagby File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help User Manual DOs Ios install amp Contig User Forum Script Language Lo Release Notes License Info FF Activation Fiach3 Script Calls Version 1 3 12 Beta Release PCEM Quick Ref A License Terms Professional Edition Updates to Jun 22 2012 G Code Manual eee BAGBY CVI PER AND PRO ED TEST re Load WC Offset
27. In MachStdMill all buttons those with scripts use the indirect button code technique This means that all button scripts are in disk files installed by MachStdMill and are not contained inside a set file All MachStdMill master screen set files use MachStdMill master script files which are also installed by the MachStdMill installer 15 6 2 1 User Customized MachStdMill Buttons To change what a MachStdMill button does you edit the button s expand line inside a customized screen set file The process is e Find the master script file you want to customize Put a copy of it in the customized script directory area e Modify a customized screen set file to change the button e expand line to point to the customized script copy e Customizations to the script itself are made by directly editing the script disk file Once the expand link is changed there is no need to open the screen set file This is illustrated in the following figure With indirect button code e g MSM you edit this link to customize a button Button definitions inside set file Code for ea expand lt Scripts Custom ButtonName gt ButtonName m1s Customized Code for button 2010 Calypso Ventures Inc MSM CalypsoVentures com Figure 171 Linking to a User Customized Script 15 7 Finding a Desired Master Script File OK that is simple enough but the reader is probably wonderin
28. MSM 1 x x to the Professional Edition you will need to reactivate your MachStdMill installations to get MachStdMill loaded with the Professional Edition features This needs to be done for all Personal Edition installations which are running under the upgraded license Be sure to do these reactivations using the new license key sent to you for the Professional Edition The previous Personal Edition license will no longer be valid as it has been replaced with the Professional Edition license Activation attempts using the old Personal Edition license will not be successful and will likely result in error code 5017 Status of the license is not OK as the Personal Edition status is now replaced by upgraded license Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 302 MachStdMill User Manual 17 Six Axis Screen Shots Revision 2 15 This section contains screen shots of the 6 Axis pages Other than the additional DROs for the B and C axes the pages are functionally the same as the corresponding 4 axis pages NOTE the default ref all home operations for MSM use the mach 4 axis reference script code If you are running the 6 axis screens you probably want all 6 axes referenced by ref all home Please see the All refAllHome script soruce code and the user manual section about that script You probably want to alter the default actions to better suit your 5 or 6 axis system Clear Hist Load Recent Edit Close
29. Master Tool TC Auto TLO Skip RH Tools e Mill Turn Operations e The ability to run Lateh G Code with a mill is covered within the MachStdMill Lathe User Manual A MachStdMill Professional Edition license is indicated in the upper right hand corner of each page as shown here Figure 6 MachStdMill Professional Edition Indication A Professional Edition installation does not mark the Professional edition buttons as all functions are available with this edition This User Manual is written for the Professional Edition and describes all the functionality available with MachStdMill Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 28 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 1 5 3 MachStdMill Alpha Beta amp Eval Releases Calypso Ventures sometimes makes interim development Alpha and Beta or evaluation Eval Releases available to licensed MachStdMill users By definition Alpha Beta and Eval Releases are not considered suitable for use in a production environment MachStdMill Alpha releases will NOT run on a MSM trial installation The PC must be activated with a valid MSM license to enable running an Alpha release Development and evaluation releases are intended for testing and customer feedback and are not designed for ongoing use Currently Alpha Beta and Eval releases are set to expire a number of days after their release date Expired development releases will not load after their expiration dates This prevents develop
30. PC which communicates with the license server on behalf of the Offline PC where the MachStdMill installation resides The following figure illustrates the basic flow of an activation via a Proxy computer Proxy Activation Steps Phase 1 Phase 2 Data amp Utility to L Thumb Drive to Thumb drive Proxy PC Proxy Online PC MSM Offline Control PC Proxy Activation Utility Phase 3 Les installed on this Proxy Activation results go back to CH r Figure 177 Proxy Activation Steps When MachStdMill loads the normal Online activation dialog is presented if the installation needs to be activated because the trial period has expired If you click exit on that dialog and the installation is not already activated the following dialog will appear MSM Proxy Activation Are you running MachStdMill Offline If so do you want to use Proxy Activation w Is Figure 178 Proxy Activation Start Choose yes to start the Proxy Activation process to use another PC to activate MachStdMill for this computer Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 283 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 If you started the Proxy activation process from the reference page activation button you will be a the step in section 16 1 2 4 1 16 1 2 4 1 Proxy Activation A Proxy Activation is done in three phases 16 1 2 4 1 1 Installation PC Phase 1 When the Proxy Activation process is st
31. TN desc amp MSMAPI_GetToolDescription 1 Call MSMAPI_SetToolDescription 1 s MsgBox tool 1 desc amp MSMAPI_GetToolDescription 1 Exit Sub Hexpand lt Masters Scripts Common Expands MSMAPIs gt Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 274 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 15 9 3 3 MSMAPI_ RSCall The MSM API file also provides access to an internal MSM mechanism which allows parameter passing and return values for scripts called by RunScript This implements Basic call semantics for disk scripts The definition of the call is Function MSMAPI_RSCall ByVal MSMScriptName As String _ ByRef Pl As variant _ ByRef P2 As variant _ ByRef P3 As variant _ ByRef P4 As variant _ ByRef P5 As variant as Integer For more information see the comments in the source of the MSMAPIs m1s file 15 9 4 MachStdMill M1706 Tool Changes and TLO application sequence e EXPERIMENTIAL FEATURE MachStdMill currently includes an experimental feature for which user feedback is requested It should be noted up front that at this time this feature is not committed to remain in MSM and it may be removed from a future release it all depends on what feedback is received This release includes a user macro to assist with stop amp wait Tool Change sequences Here a description of the issue the feature is attempting to address An commercial CNC ATC generally does not move the spindle in XYZ while doing a t
32. This operation uses the Physical Tool Length of the mounted tool to calculate the TCP TP location Please enter an accurate value for PTL y aa The tool will then be used to probe down to find the TCP TP The TCP TP Z location will be calculated using the operator supplied PTL and stored in the TCP TP MCz DRO 7 1 4 5 TCP TP MCz DRO This displays the MCz of the top of the TCP TP as set by the Locate TCP TP dialog sequence The value of this DRO can only be changed by the dialog sequence any attempt to change the DRO value manually will result in the manually input value being ignored This value which should never change unless the TCP TP is physically moved is used within the auto TLO code to find the length of a tool Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 152 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 153 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 8 Advanced WCO operations Probing The 3D probing operations built into MachStdMill are described in this section The following is an example of a WC Offset Probing sub page Ki Mach CNC Licensed To David Bagby e 8 E SE 88 Hist TOUCH Of Probing 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Zero Zero Zero Zero 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 5 0000 0 0000 47 1493 1 0780 Clear G55 G57 a G54 G56 Ch Edit 5 0000 Save
33. and hence any of its dependant options require the configured presence of the optional TCP TP Tool Change Position Touch Plate The Measure Tool button also require the presence of the TCP TP Before the TCP TP can be used it must be setup see section 7 1 4 Proper setup of the TCP TP is critical If the TCP TP location is not precisely known all measurements made with the TCP TP will be in error that error will in turn propagate into TLO values and you will end up making scrap parts 7 1 3 1 TLO and PTL All Tool table entries used by Mach for TLO compensation are TLO values G Code programs only use TLO values Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 145 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Seldom does an operator need to actually deal with PTL values directly When measuring a tool via the TCP TP the only value that can be directly measured is the physical tool length PTL The software uses the measured PTL value to calculate the correct TLO value for the tool table As PTL values are not used by Mach for TLO compensation they are not shown in the Current Tool or Next Tool panels of the tooling page PTL values for tools are shown in the Tool Table Information panel tooling page and can be edited from the tool geometry edit dialog However it is strongly recommended that PTL values be set only as the result of TCP TP measurement actions 7 1 3 2 TC Auto TCP If this option is selected the spindle will be
34. each time a tool is mounted it must be measured as the tool s Physical tool Length PTL may change each time the tool is mounted Goal 1 Least amount of effort for setting stock Zeros and Tool TLOs Goal 2 Auto measurement of tools each time a tool is mounted Easiest Solutions Use Master Tool Mode MTM So let s get started Setup the desired MSM options configuration I presume you have already picked a tool number that you use you probe tool This number is entered in the Probe Tool DRO in the Probing parameters block For this tutorial P ve arbitrarily used T 100 as the probe tool number e We want the probe tool to also be the master tool This will tell MSM that when it is using the probe tool it is also using the master tool This makes MSM do the correct calculations behind the scenes to make everything work as we want for this combination e We just need to set the Master Tool DRO to the Probe tool number 100 for this example Next we also want to set up the Tool Change TC options Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 212 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 TC Auto TCP G54 TC Auto TLO TLO PTL Measure Tool Set G Bik TLO Skip RH Tools Set TP TLO Master T Mode Figure 156 PT MT and ALTO Option settings We want TC Auto TCP On we want every tool change to use the TCP TC AUTO TLO On we want to measure tools when they re mounted Skip RH Tools Off we wa
35. edge this can cause the task bar to cover part or all of the MSM page change buttons To set the task bar to auto hide right click the task bar select properties and check Auto hide the task bar The use of auto hide is optional if you are running the 12x9 MSM screens on a 1280x1024 monitor as the larger monitors have enough physical space to fit both the MSM screens and the task bar simultaneously 1 5 MachStdMill Editions MachStdMill operates either as a timed trial demo or as a licensed edition MachStdMill licenses are available for two editions The Personal Edition and the Professional Edition The Personal and Professional Editions of MachStdMill provide different levels of functionality In addition there are edition dependent differences in the EULA permitted usage for MachStdMill A key difference is that MachStdMill Personal Edition is restricted to non commercial personal use while the Professional Edition allows commercial usage With the release of MSM 2 0 CVI started offering the Personal Edition for a 0 license fee It is important to understand that while a MSM Personal Edition can be license fee free this does not mean that the MachStdMill Personal Edtiion software is not subject to license terms It only means that the applicable Personal Edition software license does not require payment of a license fee All users of any MachStdMill Edition are required to agree to the End User License Agreement EULA as
36. for a tool The measurement is made by lowering the tool until the tool tip touches the Part s ZO Plane Note that the Part ZO MC is not the same as the WC ZO MC The example assumes that the WCO 0 i e WCz0 MCZO The next figure shows the Tool touching the Part ZO plane Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 101 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Tool 1 Tip Touching Part ZO Gage Line MC ZO WC ZO WC Z Offset 0 T1 TLO Z 8 0 TL MC_ZPos n WC_ZOffset G54 TLO MC_ZPos n DS GE Te Part Z0 Figure 68 TLO with WCOz 0 When the tool is touching the Part ZO plane the measurement relationships are as shown in the above figure The example shows that the Tool Tip is touching when the Tool is at Machine Coordinate MC Z 8 0 The actual MC Z value could be any value depending on the total Z travel of the machine and the PTL of the tool being measured In this example the TLO for Tool 1 would have the value of 8 0 The touch off technique for setting TLOs has an interesting characteristic Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 102 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Part ZO is Used but Not Known Gage Line MC ZO WCZ Offset 0 T1 TLO Z 8 0 Notice that this XY plane Part Z0 is used as the reference yet the Z coord value is NOT known MC Z 8 0 G54 Part Z0 Figure 69 PartZ0 Z Used Yet Unknown
37. only the TCP TP is required for this The mobile touch plate is a separate touch plate from the one mounted at the TCP This one is placed on top of the part stock and used to probe to the mobile TP when setting the part s Work Coordinate Z0 6 2 2 TCP TP The MachStdMill tool change auto tool length measurement ability requires the optional TCP TP or Tool Change Position Touch Plate The TCP TP is a touch plate that is mounted at a fixed location which is required to be below in Z whatever position you use as your tool change position 6 2 2 1 TCP TP Setup and Calibration Once the TCP TP is present and working MSM needs to learn where it is This is done by the Set TCP TP MCz button on the settings common page Refer to section 7 1 4 for additional information 6 2 3 Home Switches Some MachStdMill operations require that the machine must have home switches and that it must be referenced For example the TCP TP is at a fixed location that can not change This means the location is stored between Mach runs in machine coordinates That in turn means that the machine coordinates much be constant between runs of the machine This is accomplished by referencing the machine to it s home switches The TCP TP and Home Switches are required to enable a machine to be able to measure tools as part of a tool change sequence 6 2 4 3D Active Probe The use of the MachStdMill Probing operations requires the presence of active Pro
38. the revised G code is transferred back into Mach Use the Mach3 Menu Config General Config dialog box to set the G code editor you wish to use 3 1 2 6 Close Button This button unloads and closes the currently open G code file 3 1 2 7 Wizard Buttons The lower two buttons in the panel are e Last Wizard Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 49 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 e Pick Wizard These buttons are used to invoke Wizards to create G code For more information about the use of Wizards see section 1 3 1 2 8 G Code Utility Button This button can be configured to invoke any Windows program which the user may like to use when creating G Code For more information please refer to Section 15 9 2 2 3 1 2 9 Tool Path Display Window Further to the right next to the G code Button Panel is the Tool Path display window and Tool Path control button panel Regen Follow Bounds TPath Sim Figure 20 Tool Path Window and Buttons The Tool Path window shows a plot of the G code tool path and Tool tip Z height Mach supports panning zooming and rotation of the tool path within the window for more information see section 3 1 2 11 1 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 50 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 For now set the T Path buttons to on Green this will enable display of the tool path when a G code file is loaded See section 3 1 2 11 1 for explanation of t
39. this voltage varies by LED but is close enough to illustrate the problem Voltage 12v 1 5 1 5 9v Resistance 2 2k 1k 3 2k Therefore ohms law gives the current thru the Opto LED as 9v 3 2k 2 8 ma and that tells us the basic problem The probe LED is causing the probe s ON state to draw 2 8 ma thru the G540 Opto LED that is enough that the opto s LED will still be lit and the opto transistor may still be ON Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 142 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 In this circuit the changing of the switch in the Probe is probably not causing a change in logic level at the PP input Instead of changing between 5 5 and O ma the probe is making the delta 5 5 and 2 8 ma The 2 8 ma current level is not low enough to get the Opt transistor to turn off You can think of the presence of the Probe LED as causing a current leakage path where the leakage is causing the problem This also matches the symptom that sometimes the probe works and sometimes it does not Since the 2 8ma current is in the middle range neither 5 5 ma not 0 ma where it may or may not drive the Opto transistor to a definite on off state 6 3 2 3 Typical Fix Approach The usual fix for this is to add a pull up resistor from the input line to V then the circuit would become n QU GNDDIGITAL Figure 105 Addition of Pull Up Resistor To calculate
40. 0000 Revision 2 15 Hist gt EAS EAS TLO Active 2 2200 Current Tool 5 9500 MasterT 3 3300 4 4400 Mode test tool Jogging Cont 75 MPEG Step 00500 FCyc Incr AER Reset xX YT TZ W 1000 Sy S M No Radius Offset Mill gt G15 GO G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 WC Offset Tooling M RUN muser Eve Sefings Hardware MRererence Figure 27 Work Coordinate Offset Touch Page Let s briefly examine some of the WC Offset Touch Off page panels which we have not seen before For information on additional panels on the page see section 3 1 8 3 1 3 1 Work Coordinate Offset Selection Panel epe G57 G59 Edit Load Save SaveAs Figure 28 WC selection panel Mach supports the use of multiple Work Coordinate WC offsets This panel allows you to select the Work Coordinate Offset WCO you want to use It also allows you to save and load WCO tables as well as create a report of the current WC offsets Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 57 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The Happy Face program uses the default WCO G54 If G54 is not already shown in the WCO DRO press the G54 button 3 1 3 2 Work Coordinate Panel This panel provides detailed information about the calculation of the current WC from Machine Coordinates MC It also provides controls to set the WC zero of each axis 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 000
41. 1 0042 0 0000 1 0123 oo A e Probing Op Probing Error Probe Op Reset X Y Rotd Figure 135 Pocket amp Post Results In addition to the X Y Z results for the operation the measured X and Y width are also given For circular operation the X and Y Widths are the Diameter of the Probe feature 8 9 Rotary Axis Probing Groups This Probing Operation Group supports measuring and finding the center the 4 and 5 Axes The routines are also useful for probing cylinders parallel to the X and or Y axes 8 9 1 The A Axis Group The A Axis is presumed to be aligned parallel to the X axis Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 181 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Angle Jog Probe ESOS po Probe Only Active Mode Figure 136 A Axis Probing Panel 8 9 1 1 Cylinder center and Cylinder Alignment Graphic Buttons 8 9 1 1 1 A Center Operation This operation is similar to the ridge probing operations Because the Operation can assume that it is probing a circular cylinder only three probe points are required to find the center of the cylinder This operation measures the cylinder diameter and finds the center of the cylinder along the Y and Z axes The Diam Hint DRO is an input parameters specific to this operation Simply set the hint to the approximate corresponding diameter of the cylinder being probed There is no need for the hint to be precise However it should be reasonably clos
42. 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 288 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Select the ProxyActivationRequest file and click open The Activation Request will be loaded and the Utility main screen will appear MachStdMill Proxy Activation Utility v1 0 License ID 60777005 Password A Installation ID CBYSA 9QDLB VTYYB JW6GL 8VSKM Z RejActivate CA MA Operation Result Figure 186 Proxy Utility Activation Example The Proxy utility can be used for both new activations and reactivations The example shows a reactivation case If this were a new or first activation on the MachStdMill installation computer the InstallationID field would be blank Click the Re Activate button to have the Proxy Utility communicate with the license server and activate the license For a successful activation the screen will appear similar to the next figure Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 289 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 ll MachStdMill Proxy Activation Utility v1 0 License ID 60777005 Password ON Installation ID IC6YSA SQDLB VTYYB JW6GL BVSKM Z Check installation status Operation Result Activation by server successful Close utility and take XML file back to Offline PC to complete Proxy Activation process Figure 187 Successful Proxy Activation Close the Proxy Activation Utility to complete Phase 2 of the process If you look at the thumb drive you will see that the
43. 25 0000 5 0000 0 0000 25 0000 Figure 147 Metric Probing Tutorial Parameters The probe tool number does not have to be 250 use whatever number you prefer for your probe tool What is important is that whatever you have set as the probe tool number has to be the currently mounted tool Anything else will result in an error as MSM won t do a probe operation without the probe tool mounted MSM also won t let you start the spindle when the probe tool is mounted Note that the probe slow FR parameter DRO is set to 0 This disables the 2nd probing operation for now we want a simple single probe operation for testing 8 11 1 1 Probing and Signal noise A common problem is noise on the probe input line into Mach The suggested settings use a fast probe rate of 15 IPM this is slow enough to be able to see and react to what is happening while still being fast enough to generally avoid some common problems associated with slow feed rate probing operations Depending on the physical probe being used slower feed rates can actually cause problems with switch bounce in the probe sequence The symptom will be false triggering or only partial triggering of a G31 the G code for a probe movement sequence Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 195 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 To start use the mach menus to get to the Config general dialog and set the mach debounce interval this the one used for the probe input f
44. Close Credits Page The MachStdMill screen set was developed by Calypso Ventures Inc during Q3 2009 03 2010 I would particularly like to thank the following people for their efforts during this project Brian Barker of Nenfangled Solutions LLC for his support during the project Klaus Dietz for superb support of bis MachScreen program which was used to make this screen sel Terry Parker Ray Livingston Brett Price amp Joe Macmurchie for numerous conversations testing and suggestions during the development of MachStdMill and Zafar Salam for Graphic Design suggestions and Scott Nichols for detailed proof reading Also my thanks to all the additional Mach users who assisted with the alpha and beta reviews of MachStdMil Correspondance regarding MachStdMill may be sent to MSM CalypsoV entures com Sincerely David Bagby President Calypso Ventures Inc MUSEPEXS FP S tings Reference Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 239 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 11 Wizards Mach3 is highly extensible and the Mach3 user community has created many Wizard packages which extend Mach3 s capabilities Some Wizards are installed with the Mach3 installation and others are available online The installed Wizards are accessed via the Last Wizard and Pick Wizard buttons on the Load page Wizards are provided independently from Mach3 and or MachStdMill The www machsupport com web site and the Mach3 u
45. Finding Probe Operation Results The results from edge finding operations are shown in the lower have of the Probing Op Parameters panel 0 0000 0 0000 8 2702 0 0000 0 1454 le Ee e Probing Op Probing Error Probe Op Reset X Y Rotd Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 170 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 133 Edge Finding Results 8 6 5 X Probed Position The X coordinate result for the probe operation The position is given in the current work coordinate system 8 6 6 Y Probed Position The Y coordinate result for the probe operation The position is given in the current work coordinate system 8 6 7 Z Probed Position The Z coordinate result for the probe operation The position is given in the current work coordinate system 8 6 8 Edge measurement results These calculated probe operation results are useful for assistance with vise or fixture alignment 8 6 8 1 Edge Angle The angle of the measured edge relative to the 0 degrees in the current coordinate system 8 6 8 2 Edge Delta The amount the edge varies perpendicular to the probe direction over the edge width distance 8 6 9 Probing Operation Status LEDs 8 6 9 1 Probing Op LED This LED indicates that a probing operation is in progress It will turn off upon a successful completion of the probing operation 8 6 9 2 Probing Error LED This LED indicates that an error occurred during the probing operation The displa
46. For a detailed explanation of G code syntax including Words Blocks and EOB see a G code reference book such as CNC Programming Handbook by Peter Smid Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 41 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Here is the MDI control when active Jogging MPG Step 00500 Cyc ner Mach3 Reset Figure 15 MDI Input Control Active When the MDI control is active the white pop up area displays the MDI blocks which have been previously executed To execute a G code block via MDI activate the MDI control enter the desired G code words and then press the Enter key Pressing the Enter key is the equivalent of supplying the G code EOB End of Block and causes the G code block to be executed When the MDI control is active the Enter key does not deactivate the MDI control This allows the operator to enter and execute multiple G code blocks without deactivating the control If the MDI control label is Yellow instead of Black this is a warning indicator that the MDI action will not be executed immediately but will be queued due to the special Mach3 inhibit input signal being active For more information on this topic see the discussion of the Inhibit LED in section 3 1 7 1 2 2 3 4 G code mode status It is often important to know the state of the Mach G code interpreter MachStdMill displays this information in the G code status line Mill gt G15 G0 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49
47. G99 G64 G97 Figure 16 G code Mode Status 2 2 3 5 Jogging Controls The jogging panel provides the commonly needed jogging controls The panel supports keyboard and arrow key jogging modes as well as the use of MPGs Since Jogging is a common operator action the jogging panel is provided on all the Work Setup and G code execution pages 19 Note Mach only allows jogging to occur from a page that has the jogging button Since the jogging panel includes the jogging button you may jog while on any page with this panel This significantly mitigates an issue common to prior screen sets where a user tries to jog but is not able to because the jogging button is missing from the current screen page Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 42 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Jogging Cont ap MPG Step 00500 FCyc Incr XY TR So vv S W Figure 17 Jogging Controls Panel 2 2 3 5 1 Jogging On Off Jogging is disabled enabled with the Jogging button An axis can only be jogged when Jogging is enabled When Jogging is enabled the current jog mode button is also enabled There are three primary jog modes supported by Mach3 Continuous Step and MPG The three jogging modes are mutually exclusive and Mach allows the selection of only one Jogging mode at a time 2 2 3 5 2 Continuous Jogging Continuous Jogging mode is selected by the Cont button shown in the panel When active the jogging hot keys will move th
48. JE JE JE JE JE JE JEFE Expand Start of Expand lt Masters Headers MachConstants gt xxxx DO NOT remove or change the expand line or the included file contents kerer xxx MachStdMI11 license terms REQUIRE that the copyright and License terms remain a part of this source file Expand Start of fezpand lt Masters Headers CopyRightAndLicenseNotice gt Copyright 2009 2010 Calypso Ventures Inc All Rights Reserved This Source file is part of the MachStdMill software For terms and conditions of use by End Users refer to the MachStdMI11 End User License Agreement documen Expand End of expand lt Masters Headers CopyRightAndLicenseNotice gt Ht AHHH FE FE FE FE FE FE IE FE FE JE SE FE III IE IE IIED SE JE 3E SE III IE MEME SE SE SE SE SE SE II IE IE IET IED SE SE SE SE SE SE IE IE IE ITEM SE SE II ICH III IHR MachStdMill Master Header file for Mach magic numbers used by MachStdMI11 Revision History initial version created when Mach added Expand Miscellaneous Mach system DRO and LED Definitions V3 x x magic numbers Mach DRO numbers Const SlowJogPercentage0EMDRO Const CurrentToolActiveTLOOEMDRO Const CurrentToolLengthOf fsetOEMDRO Current Tool TLO DRO Const CurrentToolTLOValue0EMDRO Current Tool TLO DRO the raw TLO value for the tool Const CurrToolDiamOEMDRO 43 Const MachXWCOf fsetAxisOEMDRO Const MachYWCOf fsetAxisOEMDRO Const MachZWCOf fsetAxisOEMDRO Const MachAWCOf fsetAxisOEMDRO Current
49. MSM Proxy Utility Setup File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q Back PL Search Folders Flv Address lo F MSM Proxy Utility Setup Folders ES My Documents d My Computer ll s BW HDD C ll BW Backup HDD D a bo DVD RW Drive E El e Thumb Drive E 3 MSM Proxy Utility Setup Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 286 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 183 Proxy Activation Utility Setup Files Run setup exe to install the Proxy Activation utility on the Proxy PC Follow the instructions for the install Her is a typical example of the steps for the Utility installation MSMProxyActivationUtility Setup Welcome to the MSMProxyActivationUtility installation program T Setup cannot install system files or update shared files if they are in use Before proceeding we recommend that you close any applications you may be running Exit Setup yl MSMProxyActivationUtility Setup Click here to install Begin the installation by clicking the button below the Proxy Activation Utility Click this button to install MSMProxyActivationUtility software to the specified destination directory Directory C Program Files MSMProxyActivationUtility Change Directory Exit Setup Ze MSMProxyActivationUtility Choose Program EEx Setup will add items to the group shown in the Program Group box You can enter a new group name or select one from the Existing Groups list
50. Mach3 V3 specific version of the MachStdMill package and to release it for use with Mach3 V3 With MachStdMill Version 2 0 x full support was added for Lathes and the Mill Turn module was added to enable turning operations to be performed on a vertical mill 1 2 1 MachStdMill Questions amp Feedback Comments about MachStdMill should be directed to the MachStdMill forum 1 2 1 1 Support The best resource for MachStdMill support are the MachStdMill user forums at http CalypsoVentures Proboards com Please direct questions and comments about MachStdMill to the forums Calypso Ventures monitors the web forum and responds to correspondence and questions regarding MachStdMill As is the case with most boutique products we are grateful for the user community that helps support the product via the web forum We ask users to understand that we are a small firm with multiple business obligations and as much as we d like to we can not guarantee our response time to questions posted on the forum 1 2 2 Change Notice Nothing in this document is to be interpreted as a commitment by Calypso Ventures Inc Any and all information in this document and any features and operations of MachStdMill are subject to change without notice To learn G code and it s associated concepts the reader is referred to books on G code programming One example is CNC Programming Handbook by Peter Smid See the Supplementary MachStdMill Lathe
51. MachStdMill You have 30 days left in your evaluation period Figure 173 MachStdMill Licensing Dialog Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 279 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 From this dialog you may go to the Calypso Ventures Software Store to purchase a license activate an already purchased license or continue running MachStdMill for the remainder of the evaluation period If you want to access this dialog after MachStdMill is loaded for example prior to the end of the trial period the dialog can also be called up manually To bring up the Licensing Activation dialog go to the reference page click the Activation button and choose the online activation action 16 1 1 3 1 Online License Purchase Clicking the Purchase MachStdMill Online option from the licensing dialog will open a browser window and take you to the Calypso Ventures Software Store where you may purchase Licenses As part of the purchase transaction a License ID and password are sent to the email address you provide when making the license purchase It is important to make sure this is a valid email address as your Licensed ID and Password will be sent to the email address you provide 16 1 2 Activating a License The second choice of the Licensing dialog Activate MachStdMill will give you the available methods for activating a license MM MachStdMill Activation MachStdMill Please select an activation option
52. MachStdMill installation does not expire or stop running In addition each MachStdMill license purchase starts a period of time during which the licensee may utilize all MSM updates released during that period This update period also has no effect on your ability to use your existing release of MachStdMill Once you have a MachStdMill license licensed installations of the software do not ever stop running Trial installations of course will stop running at the end of the trial period if they are not activated and thereby turned into licensed installations Updates for MachStdMill are released as new features are implemented and or as verified errata are repaired MachStdMill releases are not quantized into a fixed calendar schedule and new features are not held up to match an arbitrary release schedule A licensee is free to use any release published during the bundled update period If you want to use updates released after the included update period say to get a particular new feature you may extend the license update period This is done by purchasing an update extension for the license Purchasing an extended update period is generally more cost effective than purchasing a new license Update extension periods are available from the CVI Customer Service portal reachable from the CVI website support area Should one accidentally install an update which is more recent than is licensed MachStdMill will inform y
53. Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 50 Edge Finder When the edge finder is just touching the part edge click the blue Touch X arrow to set X zero to the edge The radius offset amount used is taken from the tool table geometry for the current tool Therefore it is important the diameter of the edge finder has been accurately entered into the tool table before doing this operation 4 3 1 1 2 Z Zero from Fixed Length Tool and Gage Block The following figure show an example of using a fixed length tool and a gage block to set Z zero to the top surface of the part Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 82 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 51 Fixed Length Tool Z Touch Off This gage block happens to be of the indicating type that lights up when the tool tip touches the top of the block The gage block height has to have been configured prior to use of the gage block The TLO used is taken from the tool table geometry for the current tool Therefore it is important that the TLO for the tool has been accurately entered into the tool table before doing this operation 4 3 1 1 3 Z Zero from Dial Gage Touch Tool The following figure shows an example of using a dial gage touch tool to Set Z Zero to the top surface of the part The use of a dial gage touch tool avoids the need for a gage block since sharp tool tips are not used to touch the part there is no chance of overshooting and marring the part or the tool s cutt
54. Mapped Tool Number Selection Model 88 5 1 3 3 MachStdMill Auto Tool Change Model support 88 5 1 4 Mach Ke OR Ee 89 5 1 4 1 Ignoring Tool Changes Meteo Blea Bie Bae tt 89 5 1 4 2 Stop amp Wait for user to continue Mode 89 5 1 4 3 Auto Tool Changer Mode TEE 89 5 2 Tool Changes and TLO measurements EE 90 5 2 1 WOO an A n a a a a e EEI 90 5 2 2 TLO Setting Ke EE 94 5 2 3 Off Machine Toa eege 94 SE Preset FOG en EE 94 5 2 3 1 1 Measuring a Tool Off Line accio sito deed deed 95 5 2 4 On Machine Tool Length Setting eiveereruuuE erE ZeeChe SEENEN 99 S240 TEO by Touch Off to Pari DO A o Ai 99 52 42 Master Tool ELOTE O ae 108 5 243 NO TLO Shifting Z ZOTO incidan lia scada drid 108 5 3 RRE ENEE 110 Sdo Intro to the TOON Pare AS 111 5 4 1 Current Tool Pl A ee 111 AA Current Tool e O 112 SAA Setup Units Indicator ET 112 NS GLK GA Eege 112 SAL TEO Ac ve LED is 112 5 4 1 5 Tool Geometry EE 112 SANSA K E e TEE 113 A RE eis aan ae Wace asa aed E EE aese ae 113 SANDS Diameter WE 113 A 113 54 1 55 Wear Diameter ii at 113 S E E A A E eee eres 113 JALON Edit Butt A A Re EER 113 Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 6 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 A MEY ET EE 113 SAS TR NRE EBD tl EE 113 BAM A E a AE E EE A TEE aS a 114 PAO Tool Change Statis E 114 SALA Tool Change LED EE 114 5 4 1 9 3 Dynamic Panel Information and Run Cycle Start Burton 114 5 4 2 INGER doo EE 116 SA Semp U
55. Spherical Probe tip Probe Tool w Cylindrical Tool Spherical Tip w Flat End Tool Control Point Z Error from Using cylinder Probe Tool Tip Tool Diameter Figure 113 Probe Tool Tip Geometry Therefore a probe tool must actually have a spherical tip in order for the tip shape not to introduce measurement errors into probing operations While other tip shapes are available for probes neither Mach nor MSM support any tip shape other than spherical 8 2 Work Coordinate Panel 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Figure 114 Work Coordinate Offset Panel Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 155 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This panel provides details of the calculation of the current WC position from Machine Coordinates MC It also provides controls to set the WC zero of each axis This panel was introduced in section 3 1 3 2 for the WCO Touch Off Page The panel on the WCO Probing page is identical 8 3 Work Coordinate Selection Panel This panel s functionality was introduced in section 4 3 3 While this panel is arranged slightly differently from the panel on the WCO Touch Off sub page the button and DRO functions are the same Figure 115 10x7 Probing WC Selection Panel G54 Edit Load Save SaveAs Report Figure 116 12x9 Probing WC Selection Panel The curre
56. TCP Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 121 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 88 Tool Change Position Panel 5 4 6 1 TC Position DROs These DROs show the current Tool Change Position TCP The DROs are R W and can be used to directly enter coordinates for the TCP TCP coordinates are ALWAYS in Machine coordinates and they are ALWAYS shown in the machine s Setup Units 5 4 6 2 Go TC Pos n This button will move to the TCP shown in the TCP DROs The move is first Z then X Y 5 4 6 3 CPos n to TCP This button will load the current position in machine coordinates into the TCP DROs 5 4 7 TLO Setting Panel This panel provides the controls used to set TLOs for the current tool number Two methods to set a tools TLO relative to a reference surface are provided Set G BIk TLO Set TP TLO Figure 89 Set TLO Panel 5 4 7 1 Set G BIk TLO When this button is pressed MachStdMill assumes that the current tool tip is positioned touching the TLO gage block which is presumed to be on the parts WCZO surface and the current position information is used to set the TLO for the current tool 5 4 7 1 1 Tutorial Setting TLOs via touch off to a gage block on part In section 4 3 1 1 2 we saw a picture of using a gage block to set Z0 A gage block is also commonly used to touch off tools in order to set the TLO for the tool This is a common method of setting TLOs on the machine Since we will
57. This panel provides G code run time status and misc controls 3 1 8 3 1 Tooling Status Group 3 1 8 3 1 1 Curr Tool This DRO displays the number of the current tool 3 1 8 3 1 2 TC LED This LED indicates when a Tool Change operation is in progress 3 1 8 3 1 3 TLO LED This LED indicates when a Tool Length Offset TLO is active 1 Note a negative scale factor will reverse the axis E g a scale factor of 0 5 will both make the image half as large in X and flip it symmetrically about the Y axis Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 74 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 3 1 8 3 1 4 H Index This DRO displays the H register index value for the current TLO This is generally the number given by the last H G code word A value of 0 indicates that no offset index is selected NOTE This DRO requires the use of Mach versions 3 43 66 and later Earlier Mach versions did not have the API needed for this DRO and therefore on earlier versions the DRO will always show a 0 value 3 1 8 3 2 Spindle info Group 3 1 8 3 2 1 S DRO This DRO shows the requested Spindle RPM as set by the G code S Word It can also be used to set the S word value 3 1 8 3 2 2 RPM DRO This DRO shows the actual spindle RPM 3 1 8 3 2 3 SRO LED Whenever the SRO DRO is not set to 100 the SRO led will be on to indicate that a Spindle RPM Override condition exists 3 1 8 3 2 4 SRO DRO The SRO DRO and the vertical slider contr
58. V3 does not fully support G code D and H registers Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 107 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 5 2 4 2 Master Tool TLO Technique MachStdMill also supports the use of a Master Tool When a Master tool is used the TLOs of all tools are relative to the physical length of the Master tool When using a master tool TLOs can be either positive or negative values MachStdMill facilitates the use of the Master Tool approach and integrates Master Tool usage with some additional optional features For more information about Master Tool Mode see section 9 5 2 4 3 NO TLO Shifting Z zero There is also a technique used which is not really a TLO technique Le to NOT use TLOs in the G code program With this technique rather than use TLOs the Z Zero level is reset for each tool shifting the current work coordinate system offsets This is illustrated in the following figure Resetting Z Zero with each Tool Gage Block Height Part Z0 Figure 75 Resetting Z Zero Instead of TLO To use this technique set all TLOs in the tool table equal to zero An easy way to do this is to load the sample tool table All Empty w D 0 and TLO 0 This table has all tools marked as empty tools with TLO 0 and Diameter 0 Setting all the TLO values to zero will avoid accidental invocation of the dangerous Mach3 V3 feature which turns on TLO compensation if
59. Ventures Inc Page 92 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 WCOz WCz to MCz Relationship pases MC ZO Example WCOz 10 SE WC ZO Figure 57 Basic TLO Z Relationship Figure 57 is the basic TLO Z relationship This relationship is used in example TLO diagrams WCz MCz WCOz Examples of tools at different heights Tool Gage Line Na T1 MC 0 IEN WCz MCz WCOz WCz 0 10 WCz 10 WCOz __ T2 MCz 6 5 Example trem WCz MCz WCOz WCOz 10 WCz 6 5 10 WCz 3 5 T3 MCz 10 WEW WCz MCz WCOz WCz 10 10 WCz 0 T4 O MCz 14 EE e WCz MCz WCOz WCz 14 10 WCz 4 Note Horizontal positions of tools are not significant examples are just spread apart to fit on the page Figure 58 WC Tool Position Examples Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 93 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The prior figure shows examples of a tool at various Z heights and shows the corresponding WC from MC calculation 5 2 2 TLO Setting Techniques The following diagram shows some key measurement relationships used for various TLO setting techniques Z Axis Relationships Gage Line Machine Z Zero B Distance Tool point to Part ZO C Height of part D A B C A D A Distance Gage line to tool point B Figure 59 Z Axis Relationships Modern G code programs are writt
60. around the B Axis The standard convention of a right hand coordinate system is used to determine the positive A direction of rotation 8 9 2 1 4 1 Angle Jog Button The Angle via Jog button determines whether the operation is done as a single operation or a two part operation When the Button is Off the Rotation angle operation is done as one operation When the Button is On the operation requires into two separate probing operations 8 9 2 1 4 2 Single Part Operation When executed as a single operation the machine will probe down to find the Z height of the surface at the X Y location the operation is started from It will then step over in the X direction by Step Off Width A second Z probe is then performed at the second location and the results calculated from the two probe points 8 9 2 1 4 3 Two Part Operation When executed as a two part operation the machine will probe down to find the Z height of the surface at the X Y location the operation is started from The operator then jogs manually to the location for the second part of the probe operation To initiate the second part of the operation click the second highlighted area of the operation the green oval without the down arrow A second Z probe is then performed at the second location and the results calculated from the two probe points Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 188 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This split op
61. atico 301 The Activation Button cuidada 301 Activation EE cs ts 302 EE 303 6 Axis WC Offset Touch Off page erosiva ici EEN 304 6 AXIS WC Offset Probing page ia aa 305 O AXIS RUD eh a cha a aes Ee 305 SAS ENEE 306 Page 19 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 1 Introduction Welcome to MachStdMill screen set for use with Mach3 V3 1 1 Scope of the Manual This manual describes the MachStdMill package as it appears when running on Mach3 V3 The following figure shows a simple functional block diagram of Mach3 Mach 3 Block Diagram User Interface Screen Set I l Teor Ej A Mach User File storage kernel G Code Loaded Boo Tool Interpreter Tool Table Tables Basic Script Interpreter Loaded WCO WCO Table 7 TIT TT gt Tables Brains engine i l Hardware Interfaces a Sr PP driver Device Plug in ne I GE j Control Hardware Figure 1 Mach3 Simple Block Diagram This manual covers the MachStdMill screen set user interface and explains how to use MachStdMill The manual 1 Introduces the reader to the MachStdMill User Interface and 2 Provides contextual and background information about the design of the MachStdMill enhancement package This manual covers core Mach3 functionality as portrayed by MachStdMill as well as additional features which MachStdMill provides on top of Mach3 and is intended prima
62. automatically be moved to the TCP as part of the tool change sequence Thus the spindle will be at the TCP when the operator is prompted to mount the requested next tool 7 1 3 3 TC Auto TLO Automatic On Machine Tooling Measurements MachStdMill has the ability to use the machine to measure tool physical lengths From this measurement it can determine the TLO value to enter into the tool table These abilities require the presence of one or more of the optional Touch Plates The tool measurement abilities can be invoked either manually or as part of a tool change sequence If TC Auto TCP is active AND the TCP TP is configured as installed see Settings Common this option will auto measure the new tool s TLO as part of the tool change process The TLO setting actions are further controlled by whether Master Tool Mode is active or not When not in Master Tool Mode there is one Auto TLO option TLO PTL in addition to thw uaual non automated TLO techiques 7 1 3 3 1 TLO PTL Option Button With MachStdMill you no longer need an offline PTL measurement facility Instead MachStdMill can measure a tool s physical length Effectively this lets you use the TCP TP as a just in time on machine tool measurement facility This option causes a tool change to measure the tool s PTL and set the TLO of the tool to be the PTL of the tool This supports the preset tool offset measurement approach described in section 5 2 3 1 Thi
63. can be displayed in the browse Tool Table information panel See section 9 1 for additional explanation of the use of a Master Tool Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 149 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 7 1 4 TCP TP Configuration and Set Up The TC Auto TLO modes require the presence of the TCP TP and that the TCP TP be setup before using these features This section describes how to set it up the TCP TP A key concept is that when the TCP TP is configured MachStdMill learns and remembers the MC Z level of the top of the TCP TP This enables MachStdMill to use the TCP TP to calculate the PTL of a tool and to use the PTL value to set the TLO of a tool The TCP TP setup controls on the Setting Common Page are TCP TP Installed 0 5000 10 0000 i Set TCP TP MCz 10 1038 Figure 110 TCP TP Configuration Controls 7 1 4 1 TCP TP Installed Button When this button is on it informs MachStdMill that the TCP TP is physically present 7 1 4 2 Rnd Diam DRO When using the TCP TP for tool measurements all measurements start from the Tool change Position TCP As many tools tend to have sharp points in the center of the tool e g a drill bit this also means that one location on the TCP TP gets most of the contact impact for tools This DRO allows you specify an area centered around the XY location of the TCP coordinates which will be used for TCP TP operations This moves the contact point rando
64. contacts the machine s gage line Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 96 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Gage Line Surface Figure 62 Tool Holder Gage Line This figure shows a end mill mounted in a tool holder ready to have its TLO measured 7 The tool holders shown in the pictures are examples of the Tormach Tooling System available from www tormach com Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 97 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 63 End Mill TLO Measurement This shows the tool placed in the fixture and the TLO being measured in this example the TLO is 2 3173 inches Figure 64 Drill Bit TLO Measurement This figure shows the TLO measurement of a drill bit in a chuck 5 2 3 1 1 1 Dial Gage Touch Tool A popular tool used to touch off and set Z zero is the dial gage touch tool Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 98 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 65 Dial Gage Touch Tool TLO Measurement The previous picture shows an example of a dial gage touch tool This particular example happens to have a digital readout instead of an analog dial When measuring the length of this type of touch tool it is critical that the length measurement be taken when the tool s dial reads zero It does not matter whether you a move the height gage down until the dial reads zero or b pick a convenient physical length within the indi
65. e Mach finds some files at run time based on the loaded profile name M Code macros are required to be in lt mach install dir gt Macros lt profile name gt This means that Mach requires copies of all M Code files in a directory for each profile This contradicts the generally accepted practice of keeping one piece of information in one place Multiple copies of files exacerbates file version control issues e The MachStdMill implementation tries to keep all MachStdMill specific files in a small number of locations This is accomplished imperfectly when running with Mach3 V3 due to the assumptions made by Mach3 re where different types of files are to be found e For screen sets at run time Mach3 uses the loaded screen set name to find Expand files lt gt syntax usage The screen set scripts are expected to be in lt mach install dir gt ScreenSetMacros lt screen set name e For wizards at run time Mach3 uses the loaded wizard name to find expand files Wizard run time expand files are expected to be in lt mach install dir gt AddOns lt wizard name 15 3 1 Profiles MachStdMill implements extended functionality which requires a consistent set of files to operate correctly e Key M Code macros are integrated with MachStdMill core functionality ex M3 M4 and M6 When running MachStdMill you have to be using the MachStdMill versions of the M Codes e The Mach3 pre processing expand facilities look for disk fi
66. illustrates how if the PTL is known the location of the TCP TP can be calculated The Set TCP TP MCz button requires that the process be invoked from the TCP When the Set TCP MCz button is pressed a sequence of dialogs will be presented Please Confirm J SPECIAL FUNCTION Do want to probe and reset the TCP TP Machine Z Position x E Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 151 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Next the operator will be asked for the PTL of the currently mounted tool The PTL value must have been previously accurately measured see section 5 2 3 1 1 This initial measurement needs to be done offline you can t use the TCP TP to measure a tools PTL until AFTER the TCP TP is first setup Tip If your machine geometry is such that you can lower the gage line surface of your spindle to the TCP TP you can setup the TCP TP location by using a PTL of zero i e the gage line will be touched to the TCP TP top surface If you use this approach first make sure your machine is in tram Since the spindle nose I wide if the machine is not in tram you could introduce error by having one side of the spindle or the other contact the TCP TP before the other side does The accuracy of all measurements made using the TCP TP is dependant on the accuracy of the Z location of the TCP TP and hence also dependant upon the PTL value supplied by the operator during TCP TP setup Locate TCP TP Special Function
67. inhibited signal is often controlled by safety switches for example a door switch on the door to an enclosed mill Warning Mach s inhibited state does not cause Mach to ignore commands and controls activated while in the inhibited state Instead the commands are queued up for execution whenever the inhibited state is deactivated Thus if nothing is happening when you are pressing buttons Mach may be inhibited but it will become very uninhibited and start executing queued up commands when the inhibit signal goes inactive This has been known to be a surprise to more than one Mach3 user The inhibited led is located near the primary Run buttons where the operator is more likely to see it Note The inhibit action also applies to the use of the MDI control When Mach is inhibited MachStdMill changes the MDI Label from Black to Yellow as a warning 3 1 7 1 4 Run Cycle Start This button starts execution of the loaded G code program Cycle Start is a common industry name for this button rn 3 1 7 1 5 Pause Feed Hold Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 66 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This button pauses execution of the loaded G code program Feed Hold is a common industry name for this button Note that since Mach internally uses a buffered control architecture pausing is not an instantaneous action the already buffered information must be completed before the program will
68. is an example license information dialog Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 300 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MachStdMill License Information MachStdMil Version 0 8 12 CVI intenal test MSM Edition Professional License ID 60777005 Licensed to UNREGISTERED Company UNREGISTERED Email License Purchase Date 12 28 2010 Updates enabled thru 6 29 2011 InstallationID C6YSA 9QDLB VTYYB JW6GL 8VSKM Z Figure 200 License Information Dialog 16 1 6 Invoking Activation Actions On the reference page the Activation button allows you to select the available activation actions User Manual f install amp Config User Forum f Script Language f Release Notes T License Info FF Activation Mach Script Calls Version 1 0 1 Personal Edition Undates thru 7 5 2011 Geode Manual DAVID BAGBY CVI TEST LISC f Credits T G amp M Quick Ref f License Terms Figure 201 The Activation Button The Activation button will bring up this dialog from which you can pick the desired action Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 301 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MM Please Select an Activation Action MachStdMill Activation Actions Online Activation Proxy Activation Online DeActivation Proxy DeActivation Cancel Figure 202 Activation Action Dialog 16 1 7 Activation After Edition Upgrade After upgrading from the paid license Personal Edition
69. is configured with a probe tool a mobile touch plate but not a stationary TCP TP and so tools can not be measured during the tool change sequence 8 6 2 3 3D Corner Probe Operation Click within a green circle to find the X Y Z work coordinate of the corresponding corner At the end of the operation the probe tip will be positioned above the X Y location of the corner and above it by the Z clearance amount WC Aligned Corner Operation Figure 127 WC Aligned Corner Probe Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 166 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This operation is only valid for block that are aligned with the WC X and Y axes If the block is rotated around the Z axis use the Angled Corner Operation instead The Corner Probe sequence of movements is controlled by specific Probing parameters A Corner Probe must be started with the Probe tip within Step Off Width SOW by Step Off Width the corner s edges Step Off Width and Corners Probe must be positioned within the area that is Step Off Width by Step Off Width of the actual corner Top view If not within this area to start routine will fail as it will find a surface when it didn t expect one or will not find a surface when it expected one Figure 128 Corners Probes and Step Off Width The corner probe movement sequence is 1 Probes in Z to find top surface raises up from Top by Z Clearance distance
70. mechanics of the probe For example The probe tip has to move a finite amount before the internal probe contacts change state the probe shaft tilts a bit before the probe triggers This means that the trigger point event Mach sees does not happen precisely when the probe tip first touches the object This figure shows the ideal situation of an instantly triggering perfectly rigid probe Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 190 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Theoretical Probe Action Ideal Probe position when Triggered Tip aligned with vertical axis Figure 142 Ideal Probe Action All real probes introduce some error into the trigger point as shown below Actual exaggerated Probe Action Probe _ Body Actual Probe position when Triggered Tip is shifted from probe position Figure 143 Probe Trigger Point Error The MachStdMill Calibration process allows you to compensate for this type of error The calibration process consists of probing a circle probe of a known diameter MachStdMill knows the probe tip diameter and the operator supplied known calibration hole diameter The measured diameter is compared to stated value you provide The difference is due to the probe shaft angle when the probe triggers The difference is used by MachStdMill to adjust the diameter of the probe tip the tool table to be what it should be to get the stated hole
71. open the wires to simulate probe triggered note this is a static test no need to try to touch the wires in syne with a G31 motion Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 138 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Jumper Wires Connected Voltage at MSM Input Pin MSM PP Signal driver page page Pin Probe Notes Jumper state 13 LED LED Ov or close OFF Shorted Closed OFF low Inactive This is what we want V or ON Disconnected Open close ON high active This is what we want Figure 99 Jumper test results for probe input note in the table above V is typically 5v or sometimes 12v check your boards specs to know what V level to look for Verifying the results in Table 1 will tell you that the chain from input terminal thru the BoB to the PP then into Mach is working Now reconnect the probe and check things again If you get the results in table 1 again you are good shape If you get the results shown in Table 2 below you probably have the technical issue this paper addresses Probe connected Voltage at MSM Input Pin PP driver page MSM Signal Pin 13 page Probe Probe state LED LED probable reasons Ov or OFF NOT Triggered close low OFF This is Correct Rises Interface Issue Probe above Ov LED creates enough but not leakage current so that near the OFF OFF the BoB Opto stays on BoB s V and
72. pause 3 1 7 1 6 Stop This button stops the execution of the loaded G code program Stop is an immediate action Mach s Stop action does not do controlled deceleration of movements it just stops motion immediately Depending on the machine hardware and the conditions when Stop is pressed this may result in a loss of absolute position accuracy and it may be necessary to re home the machine after a stop operation 3 1 7 1 7 Run in Reverse This button runs the loaded G code in reverse It is easiest to think of this as a button which does two sequential actions set the run direction to reverse followed by the Run button enm 3 1 7 2 Run Condition LEDs Panel This panel indicates some key running states conditions of the G code program and machine SRO FRO 00 00 Figure 37 Run Conditions LED Panel 17 There is a long unresolved bug report that Mach fails to put the cut material back on the stock when running in reverse Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 67 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 3 1 7 2 1 Tool Change TC LED This LED indicates if a tool change sequence is active 3 1 7 2 2 Tool Length Offset TLO LED This LED indicates if a Tool Length Offset is applied 3 1 7 2 3 Dwell LED This LED indicates when Mach is waiting for a Dwell time to complete 3 1 7 2 4 Spindle RPM OverRide SRO LED This LED indicates when the Spindle RPM has been overridden 3 1 7 2 5 Fe
73. port interface This page is the only hardware interface specific page supplied with Mach and MachStdMill as it is the only hardware interface supported natively by Mach3 The controls on this page are described in the Mach3 Install amp Config manual Please refer to that manual for the controls on this page The parallel port pin states shown on this page are updated via a background process that MachStdMill starts when it is initialized The update period is not intended and is not fast enough to provide real time indication of fast signals e g Step pulse pins Only enabled ports have pin LEDs activated In the above figure Port 1 is enabled and Port 2 is disabled This page is designed so that interface hardware venders may create pages specific to their product which could then be displayed via additional sub page tabs Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 233 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The letter in the LEDs indicates if the pin is an input I or output O while the LED itself indicates the state of the input pin using positive logic Grey Off Ov and Green On 5v See the next section for other hardware interface pages 10 4 2 1 PP2 Configuration The LED display for Parallel Port 2 PP2 is dependant on the configuration of the port in the Mach ports amp Pins dialog Here is an example of the port configured for pins 2 9 as input Figure 163 PP2 Input Display
74. probing library which is installed with MSM Wel start from square one and work our way up to more complicated operations If at any point in the process something seems off stop and figure out what is happening before going on OK let s get started 8 11 1 Check Probe input line Does the big green probe led light on the probing page when you trigger the probe by pushing on the probe shaft And the LED is off when the probe is not triggered Assuming these are correct we go on 2 Test Probing Library Linkage Use the settings common page Probe Ver button this calls the probing lib gets the lib version and displays in the line at the top of the screen You should see a message like MachStdMill Probing v0 XX That exercises all the screen set to probing library software linkages etc it just doesn t cause any motion 3 Check basic probe actions Let s start with some slow but reasonable probing set up parameters Please set the probing input parameters as shown in the screen shot below this will you working off the Probing Op Parameters assumed within this section of the manual Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 194 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 146 Imperial Probing Tutorial Parameter Settings The above settings are for an imperial measurement machine Similar settings for metric users are given in the next figure 250 15 0000 350 0 0 0 25 0000 5 0000
75. proxy activation request has been replaced by a proxy activation response The response file now has to be taken back to the MachStdMill installation computer B Thumb Drive F COX a Fle Edit View Favorites Tools Help O Back A Search Folders Dis Address E ma l Bco Folders a MSM Proxy lity Setup roxyActivationResponse Ge My Documents ggj Soy po d My Computer BW HDD C s BW Backup HDD D i DVD RW Drive E e Thumb Drive E MSM Proxy Utility Setup DO aa Figure 188 ProxyActivationResponse File 16 1 2 4 1 3 Installation PC phase 3 Take the thumb drive back to the installation computer It will still be showing this dialog Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 290 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MSM Proxy Activation Proxy Activation Waiting for Proxy data to be returned Click OK when the ProxyActivationResponse file is back from Proxy PC ce Figure 189 Proxy Activation Pause Click OK to continue the Proxy Activation process on the installation pc You will be asked the location of the ProxyActivationResponse file browse to it and open it Browse to ProxyActivation file e Thumb Drive E wl ex Ev MSM Proxy Utility Setup ProxyActivationResponse My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents My Computer My Network Places Files of type ProxyActivationResponse v Cancel A lt Figure
76. r Step noen Cyc Incr F Mach3 Reset 5 O A 100 0 Y VS M Probe ESO ns Probe Only Active Mode Mill gt G15 G0 G10 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 mad WC Offset MTooling M Rin MUSEFEXS S ftings MHardware MRererence Figure 3 Trial Period Probing Page Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 26 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 le Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagby d Jl D lea File Config Function Cfo s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help TOUCH Of Clear Zero 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Zero 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 J Tro 0 0000 0 0000 5 0000 63 657 Save To 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 CET MET Report G54 G55 Edit 0 0000 0 0000 47 1493 0 0000 1 0780 Probing Op Probing Error Probe Op Reset Jogging Cont 75 e MPG Step 0 0500 FCyc Incr APEM Reset xX VY 2 W too Vv sv S M Probe MasterT pa Probe Only Active Mode Mill gt G15 G0 G10 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G43 G99 G64 G97 EE WC Offset Tooling RIA FUser Exts e Settings f Hardware Reference Figure 4 Professional Edition Probing Page During the MachStdMill trial period while the Professional Edition features are marked they are fully functional for the trial period 1 5 2 Licensed Editions Whether running in trial mode or licensed the MachStdMill version information and current license information is displayed on the reference page 1 5 2 1 Persona
77. techniques to modify MachStdMill that are different from prior screen sets 15 4 2 1 Summary e MachStdMill uses Expand to create header files and code modules for internal MachStdMill reuse 15 5 MachStdMill Set Files With the introduction of Named script files information that formally lived inside a screen set file now may reside in a separate disk file Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 254 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MachStdMill uses the expand lt gt pre processing facilities This means that at run time script files are found based on the loaded screen set name e This also means that if the loaded screen set name changes the expand files will not be found at run time since the dynamic location of the expand filenames will change also The MachStdMill design choose NOT to require that the user to copy 100 s of scripts to new places each time they want to make use a MachStdMill derived custom screen set file that is a maintenance and debug nightmare better avoided MachStdMill always loads the same screen set filename but not the same screen set file contents The actual screen set file that is loaded by MachStdMill at initialization is always lt mach install dir gt MachStdMill set The contents of this file are changed dynamically by MachStdMill when the user alters the MachStdMill configuration When the lt mach install dir gt MachStdMill set has been changed Ma
78. template script source code for more information Templates for M6 user run time hooks are installed in lt mach install dir gt MachStdMill Profile Macro Masters Mill Templates 15 9 1 2 MachStdMill Initialization amp Exit Mach3 invokes special scripts when loading or unloading a screen set These scripts are used by MachStdMill to perform initialization etc To provide for user specified actions when MachStdMill is loaded or unloaded run time hooks to user scripts are supported Caution It is possible for user scripts to take actions that will cause MachStdMill initialization or termination to fail You are solely responsible for adequately testing any scripts called by this interface 15 9 1 2 1 ScreenSetLoad This user script hook is called after MachStdMill has completed all it s initialization tasks If the user supplied script is present it will be invoked as part of the MachStdMill initialization process No source modification of MachStdMill is required to enable this A template for the user script is installed by MachStdMill The template script documents the interface conditions for the user script Please see the template script source code for more information The template for the MachStdMill ScreenSetLoad user run time hook is installed in lt mach install dir gt ScreenSetMacros MachStdMill set Templates The script file invoked by MSM is lt mach install dir gt ScreenSetMacros MachStdMill set Custom MSMUserSSL
79. then given by TLO Measured Tool PTL Master Tool PTL Equation 6 MTM TLO Calculation This equation shows why it is necessary that before any Auto or manual MTM TLO measurements are made the MT PTL must be known by the system Once the TCP TP location has been set up it can be used to measure the PTL of any tool See section 9 1 4 3 for information on using the TCP TP to measure the MT PTL 9 2 2 RH amp NRH Tool Holder Handling If TC Auto TLO is active the Skip RH Tools option will have MachStdMill skip the TLO measurement for RH tool holders This saves the probing time required during a tool change for a tool that does not change PTL a tool in a RH holder If the Skip RH Tools option is off all tools are measured during a Tool Change if Auto TLO is on For this reason it is recommended that you mark your tools in the tool table as RH and NRH and use the RH option whenever Auto TLO is enabled This equation is technically correct When MT PT the implementation of MachStdMill with Mach V3 requires that the non MT TLO be adjusted by the effective probe radius in order to work around a Mach v3 G31 tip comp bug Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 209 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Note The Master Tool should NEVER be mounted in a NRH tool holder If the MT is measured each time it is mounted it is possible that the stored MT PTL will change with each measurement of the MT
80. via an MDI tool change sequence 2 Touch the tool tip to the G Blk 3 Use the Set G BIk TLO button on the tooling page to set the Tool s TLO 9 1 4 3 1 2 TLOs from Touch Plate For each tool for which you want to set the TLO 1 Mount the tool to be measured via tool change MDI T M6 you must both physically mount the tool and let Mach3 know what tool is mounted the easiest way to do this is via an MDI tool change sequence 2 Position the tool over the TP Tip Moving the TCP to a point above the TP makes this easy but don t forget that this moves the TCP for all subsequent operations also 3 Use Measure TLO button to probe down to the TP and have the tool s TLO set 9 2 MTM Tool Change Options For Master Tool Mode MachStdMill provides additional support features to automate tool changes These additional features require the installation and configuration of the optional Tool Change Position Touch Plate TCP TP 9 2 1 MTM Auto TLO Measurement Support During a Tool Change sequence the Auto TLO option will cause the Tool to be measured for TLO as part of the tool change process Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 208 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Auto TLO PTL Calculation Gage Line Physical Tool Length TCP_TP_ZPos n MC_ZPos n MC_ZPos n TCP TP Top Figure 155 MT TLOs relative to MT PTL The TLO of the tool relative to the MT is
81. we are going to do the first steps with TLO Off anyhow Save the tool table so that when you com back and do this later you still have the data in the table for the probe tool Use the G49 button on the tooling page to make sure TLO is off The following tests all use the probing operations from the edge finding probing group 8 11 3 Test simple XY direction probes Position the probe in nice clear air Click the X green arrow it should start moving toward X not find an edge after the XY max distance 1 inch and tell you there no edge was found does it Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 197 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The probe should return to the start point after not finding an edge Clear the error from the probe operation hit the probe Op reset button This resets us to start a new probing operation If that works do it all again only this time while the probe is moving trigger the probe manually use a long pencil or stick or something to tap the probe tip for a moment DO NOT put your hands into the working area where a machine is moving This should cause the routine to think it found the surface does this work You may have to try this a couple of time to get a feel for how long to keep the probe triggered manually it s around a 1 10 to 1 4 sec at 15 ipm If that works try the other XY directions for each of X X Y and Y do the let it reach max distance and return
82. 0 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Figure 29 WC offset detail panel Notice that the WC zeros are currently the same as the MC zeros This is because a the reference operation sets the Machine Coordinate zero as each axis is referenced and b the WC offsets are equal to O Le the WC axes are currently positioned in the same physical places as the MC axes Now consider the extents that Mach calculated for the Happy Face program X 0 0000 to 3 7375 Y 3 7375 to 0 0000 Z 0 1250 to 1 0000 The X and Y extents tell us that the program was coded to cut in Work Coordinate Quadrant aM This is convenient as most milling machines are setup so that the Machine coordinates are in Quadrant 4 We need to tell Mach where the WC X Y zeros are i e the WC offsets before running the program Usually this is accomplished by setting the WC zero to a corner of the raw stock MachStdMill provides support for multiple methods of doing this and the relevant methods are covered in detail later in the manual 15 This exercise assumes the machine s machine coordinates are physically in Quadrant 4 If not you may need to adjust where the X YZ zero is set for this exercise For those that may not be familiar with the quadrant terminology used for Cartesian coordinates in math think of a the X axis as the East West line on a compass and the Y axis as North South line Quadrant 1 is then the No
83. 000 0 0000 Current Tool gt E43 TEAS TLO Active 0 0000 0 0000 ES T Plate MasterT 0 2500 0 0000 Active Mode 0 25 2fl end mill G59 Edit Jogging Cont 75 MPG Step 00500 FCyc ner Mach3 Reset xX VY Z A Sv SG M No Radius Offset Mil gt G15 GO G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 oad MWC Offset Toong MRI MUSEPEXtS Sefings Hardware Reference Figure 46 WC Offsets Touch Off Page This page supports manual setting of WC Offsets and setting WC Offsets by performing Touch Operations Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 79 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 4 2 Setting WCOs Manually 4 2 1 Coordinate and Offset Values Panel For the currently selected work current offset this panel provides details of the coordinate and offset values that result in the current position location 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Figure 47 WC Offsets Detail Panel Offsets for the current WC may be entered manually into the DROs in the WC Offset Column of this panel The panel is designed to display in a row the WC calculations for each axis Due to the internal structure of Mach the WC Curr Position column of the row equation for the X and Y axes may not be correct in all circumstances The X and Y WC Curr position values are displayed by mach s Work Coordina
84. 024x768 monitor may allow enough extra space on the screen to show the windows task bar along with the Mach window it depends on multiple Windows settings as to how much space the task bar requires 10 3 1 2 Motion Settings Control Group 10 3 1 2 1 CH Dist This button toggles On Off the Mach3 CV distance threshold The threshold value is set in the corresponding DRO 10 3 1 2 2 CV Feed This button toggles On Off the Mach3 CV feed threshold The CV threshold value is set in the corresponding DRO 10 3 1 2 3 CJog Incr This DRO sets the amount of increment applied by the Cyc Incr button on the jogging controls panel See section 2 2 3 5 4 10 3 1 2 4 Safe Z Height This DRO sets the Mach3 Safe Z height 10 3 1 2 5 G73 Pullback This DRO sets the Mach3 G73 pullback value 10 3 1 2 6 Rapid Max Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 227 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This DRO sets a global upper limit for the Rapid speed This limit may be lower than the hardware max velocity settings and effectively sets the 100 rapid speed for the machine 10 3 1 3 Axes Enabled Controls Group This group controls which axes are enabled and provides axis position verification facilities 10 3 1 3 1 X Z amp A C amp Spindle Enable buttons Each button will enable or disable the corresponding axis On green is enabled 10 3 1 3 2 Verify Axes Buttons Each button will verify the position of the corresponding
85. 1 4 1 Measuring the MT PTL with the TCP TP The logic in the PTL Measurement routines knows that the MT is treated specially If the MT is being measured the PTL of the MT will be stored in the tool table If the MT length is ever changed you can use the TCP TP to measure the new MT and MachStdMill will then know the new MT s PTL 9 1 4 2 MTM TLOs using TCP TP This is the easiest and the recommended way to set TLOs relative to the Master Tool To use this technique some pre conditions must be satisfied 2 The TCP must be setup to be over the TCP TP and 3 The MT PTL must be measured before using the TCP TP to measure other non master tools For each tool for which you want to set the TLO in MTM mode 1 Mount the tool to be measured via tool change MDI T M6 You must both physically mount the tool and let Mach3 know what tool is mounted the easiest way to do this is via an MDI tool change sequence 2 With MTM ON use the Measure Tool button to probe down to the TCP TP and have the MTM TLO set Tip When Auto TCP is On and the TCP TP is set correctly this is done for you automatically as part of the tool change process Important note It is a REQUIREMENT that the Measure TLO action start exactly from the TCP For this reason the Measure Tool button will go to the TCP before starting the measurement You can also use the GoTo TCP button do not assume you are close enough when using the T
86. 1 4 Circular Post Center Probe Operaton 179 5 8 1 41 Diameter Mint DRO oi ii deat yes 179 8 8 1 5 Circular Pocket Center Probe Opera ida did 179 8 8 2 Pocket and Post Group buttons tere Enges degt Eege 180 8 82 11 EE e EE 180 9 9 2 2 L Action Options ii renta 180 8 822 A o E 180 88 2 22 A yt hee le Seite ET cla Milt i a ess e EEA 180 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 9 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 8 8 3 Pocket and Post Group Results ri iia 181 8 9 Rotary Axis Probing Groups eege NEEN 181 8 9 1 The A gg TOP ia ii 181 8 9 1 1 Cylinder center and Cylinder Alignment Graphic Buttons 182 SIRLE EE EE IER 8 9 1 1 2 YZ Zero Option Graphic buttons eee eeeececesececssececseeceeseeceeseeeeseeeeees 183 8 9 1 1 3 A Axis Edge Operations aiii id 184 8 9 1 1 4 A Axis Rotation Angle Operation ocoooonnnncccnoncccnononononanononacnnnncconanocnnnncnnnnss 184 e D A Axis EE 185 8 9 2 The BARS CLOUD rostros is 185 8 9 2 1 Cylinder center and Cylinder Alignment Graphic Buttons 186 89 211 BE Center Ope rate EE 186 8 9 2 1 2 XZ Zero Option Graphic aerer deed deanna 187 8 9 2 1 3 B Axis Edge Operation sissviscisaseceseeasvccstestnsceudanvasastesevsnceasnaccedstedegaveauebectesets 187 8 9 2 1 4 B Axis Rotation Angle Operaton 188 89 21 57 B AXIS Results Pamela A e Handles 189 8 10 Probe Calibration and ACC e 189 SLOT Probe Calibration mssi a aa dee dede de Os 189 8 10 1 1 Calibration Button iii a bas 189 8 10 1 2 Oth
87. 147 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 TC Auto TCP G54 A PT Measure Tool Skip RH Tools Master T Mode Figure 108 TLO PTL Option Settings With the following option combination the PTL will be measured and the TLO will be set relative to the master tool PTL TC Auto TCP G54 TC Auto TLO TLO PTL Measure Tool Skip RH Tools Master T Mode Figure 109 Master Tool Mode Option Settings 7 1 3 6 Master Tool Mode Master tool Mode is turned On Off by the Master Tool button See section 9 1 for more information about the MachStdMill Master Tool Mode When Master Tool Mode is On the TLO PTL Auto TLO option is disabled 7 1 3 7 Master Tool This DRO specifies which tool in the tool table is considered to be the Master Tool 7 1 3 7 1 Master Tool PTL When MachStdMill measures the PTL of the Master Tool it is stored in the tool table entry for the Master Tool s tool number When MachStdMill needs to know the PTL of the Master Tool this is the value it uses Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 148 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 If you are using MT Mode with the part ZO touch off method the Master Tool s PTL value must be set to be actual PTL of the Master Tool before doing the touch off operation If you have the TCP TP installed you can go to the TCP and then use the Measure Tool action button to measure the PTL of the MT The measured PTL value will be stored and
88. 15 The SRA Repeatable Holder Non Repeatable Holder attributes are also stored as part of the table Intro to the Tooling Page Now that we have reviewed some of the common TLO techniques and had an overview of the information stored in tool tables let s take a look at the MachStdMill tooling page Mech CNC Licensed To David Bagby SE elt File Config Function Cfg s View eg Plugin Control Help Tool Change Complete Clear Hist Current Tool NO G43 FER TLO Active 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 2 0000 0 0000 0 0000 j 0 1550 3 0000 Not a physical Tool Probe Master Empty NRH 9 6384 Empty Save Mach TT Edit Load Save As Report Tool Change Tool Change Complete eg TTC Auto TCP G54 2 1 7581 0 0000 PTE Auto TLO TLO PTL Measure Tool STC BIRTLO Sie pt Tock 2 0000 1 0000 L 1 0000 STP TO Master T Mode j zi Words Jogging Cont 2501 2 2968 16 8759 MPG Step 00500 FCyc Wer l Z 2 6790 1 2290 e xXx VY ZW Sal dra Sv SW 2 7777 0 5973 Save Pos n Retun Pos n Go TC Pos n CPos n to TCP Milk gt G15 G0 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 WC Orsen Tooling RUA MUSEPEXS Setings Hardware Reference Figure 78 Tooling Page The tooling page is where the operator manages tooling information and tool changes The page s functionality is grouped into panels which are described below 5 4 1 Current Tool Panel This panel always shows information a
89. 15 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 217 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 FTLO G Blk is TP 10 0000 0 3750 0 TCP TP Installed JRAd Diam o g u 11 0000 We want TLO G BLK is TP On we are using a TP for the Gage block Max Distance large enough to get from a starting level reached via jogging to where the mobile TP will typically be Gage Plate Height the height of the Mobile TP the example shows a 0 375 thick plate TP delay 0 we are not using this for the examples The above sets up the mobile TP as the gage block TCP TP Installed On we have the TCP TP installed Rnd Diam 0 Not using this feature in the example Max Dist enough to get from TCP to the TCP TP for the shortest tool you will be using Now then a note whenever I say mount a tool I mean use MDI to do T M6 Mounting a tool always has to include both the physical mounting of the tool AND telling the software what tool is mounted OK we have the MSM options set up let s see how we use them First Pm going to point out that we will be using MTM with the MT in a NRH holder The user manual says in section 9 2 2 that the MT should never be in an NRH holder and that s true But the scenario is that we only have NRH holders so we will use what we have Having only NRH holders means that we can not count on the PTL and hence the TLO of the mounted tool any tool including the MT to be correct in the tool table
90. 190 Browse for Activation Response File MachStdMill will now process the Proxy Activation Response file A successful activation will show you this notice MachStdMillSupport Activation via Proxy successful Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 291 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MachStdMill will be reloaded with the activated license information The proxy activation process is finished 16 1 2 4 2 Proxy Deactivation A MachStdMill installation deactivation can also be accomplished via the Proxy process The deactivation steps are very similar to Proxy Activation the primary difference being that there are only two phases for the deactivation process To start the Proxy Deactivate Installation process go to the reference page click the Activation button and then select the Proxy Deactivation action 16 1 2 4 2 1 Installation PC step 1 This dialog is shown when you start the Proxy Deactivation process Confirm Deactivation via PROxy Deactivate this MSM Installation via Proxy PC Figure 191 Proxy Deactivation Confirmation Dialog Clicking Yes will cause you to be asked where to save the DeactivationRequest files put them on portable drive as described in the section on proxy activations When the proxy request has saved you will see this dialog MachStdMill Deactivation The MSM Installation has been deactivated Remember to complete the proxy deactiviaton process so that you
91. 2 Touch Plate Jacks Touch Plates are Normally Open J1 Jk The schematic shows a simple circuit which can be used to connect an active probe and two touch plates for use with MachStdMill The circuit also shows an optional section that provides a LED Digitize Probe signal active making use of the extra portions of the 74LS06 that would otherwise be ignored 6 1 3 2 Two signal Interface For users that are not comfortable building the interface electronics described in section 6 1 3 1 active high and active low devices can be combined at the Mach logical signal level instead of the hardware input pin level This is referred to as the two signal interface Taking this approach requires the use of two input pins at the control This approach also sacrifices the ability for the GUI to show the state of all probe input devices at all times In 4 Note that the circuit as drawn assumes the BoB input is 5v TTL level While the 74LS06 used will tolerate 30V on the output modifications will be needed for BoBs that use non ttl inputs for example 24v as the input to the indicating LED circuit is TTL level Design note A 74LS series IC was used as they are cheap and easy to find The response time is not critical for this application Any IC nSec delays are added to the mechanical probe stopping time and hence at most might impact the probe overrun amount which is already compensated for in the probi
92. 2 Moves over SOW to get off top 3 Lowers to probe height and probes back to find YZ plane surface 4 Backs off surface by XY Clearance distance 5 Moves SOW to get past corner 6 Moves SOW to get along next surface to find 7 Probes to find XZ plane surface 8 Backs off by XY Clearance distance 9 Moves to XY clearance dist off corner still at probe depth 10 Moves to Z clearance above top surface Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 167 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Corner probe moves Top view Figure 129 Corner Probe Movement Sequence Note the Corner probe operation I sonly valid for rectangular corners all faces at 90 degrees to each other which are also aligned with the Work Coordinate axes If these conditions are not met the corner point found will not be accurate To find the corner of a rotated rectangular block use the Edge graphic arrow to find a corner and measure the rotation of the block 8 6 2 4 Corner with Edge Angle Measurement Probe This operation allows for finding the corner of a block rotated around the Z axis Both the corner and the rotation angle of the block can be determined To start this operation click the portion of the edge arrow labeled Edge Rotated or Angled Corner Operation Figure 130 Rotated Block Corner Operation Position the probe as you would for the corresponding 3D corner then click an edge arrow to find the
93. 2 1 3 MachStdMill Directory Structure Conventions MachStdMill installs files using a directory structure convention which clearly identifies Master files and user Customized files The general structure is xyz Masters and xyz Custom Because of the predetermined locations that Mach3 uses to find different types of files this dual sub tree structure is used in several parts of the Mach3 install directory The relevant directories are described within the appropriate sections of this chapter The basic rule is Never modify a MachStdMill file that is in a Masters sub directory 15 3 Mach3 V3 Hardware Configurations Profiles and MachStdMill Screen Sets A Mach3 profile contains lots of different types of information not all of which is orthogonal in nature With Mach3 V3 the relationships between profiles Mach3 XML files what a profile contains and how that relates to locations of various disk files at run time is not as simple as one could wish for For this introductory discussion the information categories of interest are Profile names ScreenSet information Wizard information and Hardware Configuration information Consider these factoids e Hardware configuration information e g ports amp pins is contained in a Mach3 profile file Thus hardware information is dependant upon the loaded profile name Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 252 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15
94. 43 2D gt E BUON EE 43 AS e A a a a E a A NN 43 2 2 3 5 6 Fly Out Jogging Control Suri an ricino beans 44 2 2 4 Hot EE 45 3 Tutorial Loading Previewing and Running G code ee eee eeseceeeceeeeeeseeceneceaeeeeeeeeneessaeee 47 3 1 General Work FloW ra taa 47 3 1 1 Starting the TU EE 47 3 1 2 Loading e A a ness 47 3 1 2 1 G code Window E G code Filename oooooconocccnnoccconncccnonnccnonacononnonononcnonnncnnnnncnnnns 48 SALI E EE a Pai A te Pee tender ecuae 49 EN We Load Butt EE 49 JLA GN A O 49 ILS O e EOS 49 A A A O E tak aa 49 SN ee Ee WE dd ds 49 Del MGS IIs UE oscars cs cache EE 50 3 1 2 9 Tool Path Display WIDdOW acatar tri sion aacatennt 50 34 210 Referencing he ARES ctra ia i era GEIER 51 3 1 2 11 Loading Sample G codes a a 52 3 1 2 11 1 G code Window and Mach Line Numbers 54 3 1 2 11 2 Tool Path Display Manipulation AAA 55 12412 Simulatine EE 56 3 1 3 Setting Work Coordinate An EE 56 3 1 3 1 Work Coordinate Offset Selection Panel cnn iii init diinias 57 Az Work Coordinate E E 58 3 1 4 O 60 3 1 4 1 Current Tool Information Done 60 3 1 5 Run Pages Running TEE 61 3 1 6 A O 61 3 1 7 Simplified Run Page nina ii RES ads 65 JLA Rup Button Panel ainda 65 IAL A E 66 O A Single Blo EE 66 SS Inhibited E EE 66 SLT AA Run Cycle Start iinan e a a aaa 66 JERES Pause Feed Hold Bais ee 66 A sae Necessity sag esta e a a E E ce edge ets ad aes wea oe AEA 67 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 4 MachStdMill User Ma
95. 7 VSO 2 SCPE C MEL EE 271 15 9 2 Pre Implemented Button Action Options ooocccnnoccnonoccnonocncnnncnonnnnnononcnononanonnncnnnnnos 212 15 9 2 1 GotoZero Button Action secs sicccscaseccescdaverscciadeenseashcenatehecsnccessmeassendeueavedeavactetens 212 15 972 2 G C de Utility EE 272 ISS e Ke 273 15 9 3 1 MSMAPI GetTo0 Des Escolta sn Eege 273 15 9 3 2 Meet DESC ains nidad dorar sii ai dees 274 15 933 E reien 275 15 9 4 MachStdMill M1706 Tool Changes and TLO application sequence occcnncco 275 MachStdMill Licensing amp Actvaton 278 16 1 1 Purchasing a MachStdMill License iii ea a a 278 16 1 1 1 Check EE eege eege 278 DE 2 Liconsa RE e EE 278 16 1 1 3 Online AcM das 279 161 31 Online Li ense e EE 280 161 2 _ Actyatins a e A A A E 280 16 1 2 1 Online ACV ON iii dd 281 16 1 2 2 Installation Deactivation eeh da 282 16 1 2 3 NMantal Activation EE 282 16 1 2 44 Proxy Offline AC age deen ad 283 161 24 Proxy ACU V AMON is 284 A IN IA neins iin a a 292 16 1 2 5 Trouble E 295 16 1 2 5 1 Common Activation Error Codes id 295 16 1 3 The Bundled License Free Update Period AA 296 16 1 3 1 Example Updating a license s update period 297 16 1 4 Uninstall Deactivation Considerations 2 0 0 eecceessecceseecesececeeececeeceeeeeeeeesteeeesaes 299 16 1 5 Viewing License aora ee 300 16 1 6 Invoking Activation Actions 42 4 ccscasvevtssicctscsiessosassavedsayierssedesunecasdobeedeaosavedecaduntioc 301 16 1 7 Activation After Edit
96. 8 2 2 Z Action Options These buttons modifies the Z actions for the circular and rectangular post operations For normal Post probe operations both the First Z and Last Z buttons should be ON With both buttons ON the operation sequence will be e Probe down to find the Z level of the top of the post This Z level is used to determine the post operations Probe depths during the operation sequence e Find the center of the post using a series of probing operations e From above the center point of the post probe down to find the Z level of the center of the post This is the Z level that is reported and is used for setting the WCZO Normally the post s final Z level is measured at the center of the post and this can t be done until after the center is known When probing a post with a hole in the center this becomes problematic as there is no Z surface at that location to probe This situation can commonly occur when probing a cylinder end with a hole in the center If the center hole is too small to probe the center can still be found by probing the outer surface of the cylinder The First Z and Last Z options can be used to find the center of a post which is not solid For example by turning off both First Z and Last Z and by using appropriate ZClearance and Extra Probe Depth amounts it is possible to find the center of a very thin wall vertical tube 8 8 2 2 1 First Z Then this button is ON the first Z probe of the sequence will be
97. And since MCz0 0 Part_WCz0 WCOz WC_TLO PTL Equation 3 Before going on we will also observe that when a tool is touching Part ZO Part_MCz0 MCz PTL Equation 4 Note that when using the Tool Touch Off method the TLO values will be negative values Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 104 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 If you re using the touch off technique and you find yourself entering a positive TLO value into the tool table something is wrong best to figure out what before you run the program and crash a tool It is often not desirable to actually touch the tool tip to the part ZO surface its easy to scar the part surface or overshoot when touching and break a cutting edge A more commonly used variation is to put a gage block of known height on the part and touch the tool tip to the gage block This is illustrated in the next figure Now that the general equation is known the rest of the examples will continue using the simpler and more common WCOz 0 situation Tool 1 Tip Touching Part ZO TLO MC_ZPos n WC_ZOffset GBH TLOs will be Negative Values Gage Line MC ZO WC Z Offset 0 T1 TLO Z 7 9 GBH 8 0 MC 27 9 Gage Block Height 0 1 SS Se Part ZO Figure 71 Using a Gage Block for Touch Off Note that this approach results in the same TLO value as when the gage block is not used 8 0 in this example The equation
98. Buttons amp Tabs The primary MachStdMill screen pages are accessed via page navigation buttons which are located in a panel at the bottom of each screen page mwa WC Onse Tooling RUN Us Beterence Figure 8 Main Page Navigation Buttons This panel is common to all MachStdMill screen pages Clicking on a page button will take you to the corresponding page For example if you select the User Exts button you will see this page Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Ba File Config Function Cfg s View BK Operator PlugIn Control Help Clear Aist Jogging Cont 75 E gt MPG Step 0 0500 Cyc Incr FMach3 Reset XV un Vv sv SS M Mill gt G15 G1 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 moa WCORSER moony MRN User Exts Settings MAadware Reference 7 Note The appearance of the title and menu bar will vary with the version of windows Mach is running on Additionally the menu bar may be absent as MachStdMill allows the user to turn off the Windows menus bar see section 10 3 1 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 38 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 9 User Extensions Page The User Extensions page is a simple page which we will use to introduce some common MachStdMill controls and conventions We start with the Page navigation panel at the bottom of the page Notice that the current page is indicated by the button for the current page being illuminated
99. C be online at least for the online activation process duration 1 7 1 2 Proxy Activation amp Deactivation This method does not require the installation PC to be directly connected to the network The use of offline activation allows you to avoid any need for a net connection to the PC running MachStdMill The trade off is that utilizing offline activation requires some additional effort by the user as MachStdMill can no longer provide online activation automation Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 29 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 1 7 2 MachStdMill Online Offline Operation A network connection is not required for MachStdMill to operate For those that feel a religious fervor about either having or not having a net connection to a CNC control PC the choice is yours to make However without a net connection you will not be able to utilize net oriented features MSM will take advantage of a network connection if it is present MachStdMill uses a network connection to enhance convenience and to provide access to network enabled features Some examples of network enabled features are Automated checking for software updates and update notification by email and direct access to the MachStdMill user forum Additional online oriented features are expected over time However they are not anticipated to be required for MSM operation 1 8 User guidance re TLO techniques and optional hardware As you read
100. CP TP to set TLOs If this condition is not met MachStdMill can not tell that you are using the TCP TP and instead may assume that you are using the G Blk TP if the G BIk is TP option is set on the Setting Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 207 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 common page which will result in the creation of an invalid TLO if the G BIk height is non Zero 9 1 4 3 Other MTM techniques 9 1 4 3 1 MTM TLO Setting Using a Gage Blk or Mobile Touch Plate The TCP TP is the easiest and most convenient way to set TLOs for MTM However MachStdMill also allow you to use MTM with a gage block or Mobile TP the TCP TP is not a requirement for use of MTM The basic process steps for setting TLOs relative to the MT is 1 Mount the Master Tool via a tool change 2 Measure the value of the Master Tool PTL via the tooling page 3 Turn ON MTM on the Tooling page 4 Position the G Blk or TP that you will be using to set ZO a Remember to set the G Blk TP height on the Setting common page 5 Use the MT to SetZo0 to the top of the G BIk TP This will establish ZO for the TLO setting process and can you can then measure the TLO for each tool 9 1 4 3 1 1 TLOSs from Gage Block For each tool for which you want to set the TLO 1 Mount the tool to be measured via tool change MDI T M6 You must both physically mount the tool and let Mach3 know what tool is mounted the easiest way to do this is
101. Calypso Ventures Inc Page 71 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 _ T amp S CNC Controller Licensed To David Bagby File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards opera PlugIn Control Help clear Flood Mist ee Edit Inhibited Rewind Sol Block Block Del Mi Stop Set Nxt Ln 0 Run Fm Here 2 TC TLO 4 O Regen Follow Bounds TPath 0 be 1 Ditto Go Goto Zero Machine Coords 0 SRO 100 Zero d 0 0000 Ref 5 0 Radius Corr 1 0000 np FRO 100 am S Teach Dwell X Y Rotd cero 0 0000 Ref ZA E UPA a 1 0000 1 Jogging Cont 25 0 m F CV ES MP FStep aoso fcyemer M Mach3 Ee os P 0 0000 mi Reset SCHEUER 1 0000 A v 71 0000 Zo 0 0000 RF 00 01 vumm r sagtepe Seu Mill gt G15 G0 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 eference Load WC Offset Tooling Run User Exts S Hardware R ettings Figure 42 10x7 Run Page 3 1 8 1 Run block panel 3 1 8 1 1 Coolant Control Group 3 1 8 1 1 1 Flood This button toggles On Off the Mach3 Flood coolant output signal 3 1 8 1 1 2 Mist This button toggles On Off the Mach3 Mist coolant output signal 3 1 8 1 2 Spindle Control Group 3 1 8 1 2 1 CW This button starts the spindle rotating in the Clockwise CW direction 3 1 8 1 2 2 Off This button stops spindle rotation Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 72 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 3 1 8 1 2 3 CCW This button starts the spindle rotating in the Counter C
102. Clearance amount set in the probing parameter DROs Turning off First Z should be used with caution as it then becomes necessary to manually locate the probe tip in Z BEFORE starting the post probe operation to ensure the probe clears the ridge during the center finding movements 8 7 2 1 2 Last Z Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 176 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 When this button is ON the Last probe of the sequence will be to find the Z level of the top of the ridge at the post center The Z level found is normally used to set the Z Zero level for the ridge center point If This button is OFF the final Z level of the post top surface to find the Z of the center of the ridge will not be performed Turning off Last Z should be used with caution as the Z level used for the ridge is NOT the Z level of the center of the ridge The Z level used to set Z Zero will be dependant on the setting of the First Z option either the Z level found by the First Z probe or the starting Z level of the Probe is First Z was Off 8 7 3 Ridge and Valley Group Results The results of the Ridge and Valley probe operations are shown in the lower portion of the Probing Op Parameters panel In addition to the X Y Z results for the operation the measured X and Y width are also given 0 0000 0 0000 1 0205 0 0000 1 0042 QA aaaeaii o Probing Op Probing Error Probe Op Reset X Y Rotd Figure 134 Ridg
103. Coordinate and Offset Values Panel sscsciacii gscesssageasssasedaceysnsseaesceaedatesessacsvensdcntasneses 80 BO TROUGH EE 80 4 3 1 Touch block pancita die 80 4 3 1 1 Touching to Set a WC Axis Z 6TO ooooooncccnonccconnncnnnnnnnonnncnnnnacnnnnnaccno canon ne nonnarcon anno 81 ASLAM X Y Zero trom Bdge Finder isisi errta eie n tae laceien 81 4 3 1 1 2 Z Zero from Fixed Length Tool and Gage Block AA 82 4 3 1 1 3 Z Zero from Dial Gage Touch Tool cid 83 4 3 1 2 X Y No Radius Offset Button 84 4 3 1 3 T Plate Active LED EE 84 AS VA Master Mode KREE 85 AS INESL LEIA SN A 85 Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 5 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 AOA OM ase Block EE 85 4 3 2 Current Tool Information Pa aci 85 4 3 3 Work Coordinate Selection Panel i c siccccdisaccsseicseasceesadeeetessecestisdecnccassecsevabeceeateaveracs 85 E E e S EEEE A E A T daa E E AA 85 SL A enee 86 AI NAVAS said it da ia 86 E E EE 86 BSI CREDO GE EE 86 A 87 5 1 MachStdMill concepts Tools Holders and Changers ecscccessceceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 87 5 1 1 Human Tool Changers cestos idas darias cd 87 5 1 2 Tooling Types amp Holdets EE 87 5 1 2 1 Nonstepeatable Here Hold deed 87 5 1 2 2 Repeatable Height Tool Holders isi gscsiscccsissssseactaseasecsanececvsasccaatesadcneensnepeneonsens 87 EZRA Mixed Tool Folders enee eege 88 5 1 3 Auto Tool Changer models nra E EEE T ees 88 5 1 3 1 Fixed Tool Selection model o ee 88 5 1 3 2
104. Cost is dependant on the probe tool you get The range is 100 on up ii Now you need the control electronics changes to interface the TPS and Probe to the single mach probe input simultaneously c Recommended TLO technique i Master Tool Mode with the Probe Tool being the master tool OK do you see the pattern here Master Tool Mode is the preferred operating approach Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 31 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 32 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 2 MachStdMill User Interface Controls 2 1 Conventions and Common Controls 2 1 1 Visual Consistency The MachStdMill visual design tries to meet the following UI goals e Consistent appearance of controls e Visually differentiated screen controls o So that users are not lead to try to click labels etc e To provide a cleaner less cluttered appearance o As compared to Mach3 V3 1024 screen set e Use of a non distracting color scheme o Avoidance of red green state indications to assist users with red green color blindness e Minimal use of flashing rotating texture changing swirling graphic animation o Except for a very few cases where that is required ex Mach Reset Not Reset indication 2 1 1 1 MachStdMill Screen Set Resolutions The MachStdMill package includes support for two different physical screen set resolutions e 1024x768 screens o An active Mach window area o
105. ID C6YSA 3QDLB VTYYB JWEGL 8VSKM Z ren Check installation status Operation Result Proxy Deactivation successfully completed Figure 195 Deactivation Confirmation Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 294 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 You can now reuse the installation for another computer 16 1 2 5 Trouble shooting MachStdMill Online activation requires an internet connection to talk to the license server If you are having trouble activating you may need to disable any firewall or security suite software or to authorize MachStdMill s use of the network connection As MachStdMill is an add on package to Mach3 it runs as part of Mach3 and therefore the actual executable to authorize is Mach3 exe 16 1 2 5 1 Common Activation Error Codes The most common error codes that may happen during activation are Error 2 and Error 4 The activation server could not be found Error 13 During online activation There is no network connection to connect to the Internet or the connection timed out Verify connection or try disabling any firewall or Internet security software Error 15 During startup The license file was not found Error 69 The activation code was incorrect This can be caused by a user incorrectly typing in the activation code Error 305 If the user has modified their HOSTS file to attempt to redirect the online license checks or online activations to another server thi
106. Inc Page 216 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 For this paper I ve arbitrarily used T 100 as the MT number I may refer to the master Tool as either the MT or as T100 as I go What tool to use as the master Any tool will do but to make things simple let s do this e Make up a MT that is NOT a tool you will be using for any job A dummy rod with a slightly rounded tip works nicely e Make the MT physically longer than any other tool you will be using As mentioned in the manual this is a safety measure If the MT is longest then given that we set ZO with the MT all other tools being shorter are much more likely to be able to physically get to the part 20 level after a tool change Nest let s set up the TC options TC Auto TCP ff G54 TC Auto TLO TLO PTL Measure Tool Set G BIk TLO Skip RH Tools Set TP TLO Master T Mode We want TC Auto TCP On we want every tool change to use the TCP TC AUTO TLO On we want to measure tools when they re mounted Skip RH Tools Off we want to measure ALL tools Master T Mode ON we want to use MT mode Master Tool 100 the MT choice we made above The Current WC offset set will be whatever you want to it is you want to use I ve shown the default of G54 The rest of this will assume MTM is on We also want the Gage block set up to be the mobile TP and the TCP TP set up The options for these are on the Setting Common page Copyright 2009 20
107. Inc Page 277 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 16 MachStdMill Licensing amp Activation MachStdMill is designed to take advantage of modern Internet e commerce practices Both license purchases and activations may be done online 24 7 However an internet connection is not required for operation of MachStdMill This Section describes the software license purchase and activation steps for MachStdMill 16 1 1 Purchasing a MachStdMill License Licenses for MachStdMill may be purchased online Calypso Ventures Inc does not accept software license orders via telephone or postal mail the cost of the man power time required to do so would require an increase in the pricing for MachStdMill When you purchase a license a License ID and password are sent to the email address you provide when making a license purchase This license ID and password are required when activating software For the types of End User licenses currently available refer to the Calypso Ventures web site at www CalypsoVentures com If you are interested in OEM licensing please contact Calypso Ventures Inc directly 16 1 1 1 Check Time and Date Before doing any activation or deactivation check the time and date setting of the PC The date setting of the PC should be correct It is also inadvisable to try things like setting the date in the past once MSM is installed as this can cause MSM to think that someone is trying to extend a trial period by messing
108. MTTLO 0 0 Height 0 1 a P Part Z0 Figure 151 Before Set Z0 action Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Revision 2 15 With MTM the SetZ0 action places a value into the WCOz register of the current WC system Page 203 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 After MTM SetZ0 Action WCO MC_ZPos n WC_ZOffset GBH WCOZ will be a Negative Value Gage Line lio MC ZO WC Z0 A al MT PTL LA LA Li Gage Block LA Height 0 1 al Part Z0 Figure 152 After Set Z0 Action The prior figure shows the results of the MTM SetZ0 action The value which the Touch Off technique calculated for TLO is used in MTM mode as the WCOz value and the touch off offset for the MT is used to shift the WC 9 1 2 Master Tool Mode Touch Off TLOs In MTM the TLOs will be relative to the PTL of the MT Note that the length of the Master tool relative to the master tool is O since MT PTL MT PLT 0 Thus we can see that in MTM the TLO for the master tool is always 0 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 204 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Gage Line MT PTL NA Master Tool MT at WC ZO Part Z0 Figure 153 MT at WC Z0 Looking at the figure one will see that when the MT is at WC ZO with the MT TLO applied which 0 that the tool tip is at PartZO Once the WC ZO has been set using MTM mode the touch off
109. Mach3 the human tool changer handles it finds the tool and gets the right tool mounted in the spindle As Mach3 does not directly support the Mapped Tool Number changer model neither does MachStdMill Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 88 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 5 1 4 Mach Tool Change modes Mach3 has 3 Tool change modes 5 1 4 1 Ignoring Tool Changes Mode This mode is used mostly for simulation runs When Mach3 is configured for this mode the M6Start and M6End macros are not called as part of the M6 M Code execution MachStdMill does nothing special for this tool change mode 5 1 4 2 Stop amp Wait for user to continue Mode This mode is well matched for servicing the Mill Router with human tool change accessory model The sequence Mach3 uses is a Stop spindle turn off coolant indicate tool change request b Run M6Start macro script c Wait for user to tell Mach to continue the tool change implemented as wait for cycle start button press d Run M6End macro script This is the primary tool change mode that MachStdMill supports for tool changes MachStdMill supports and requires the use of MachStdMill specific M6Start and M6End macros with Stop amp Wait tool change mode which are installed with MachStdMill 5 1 4 3 Auto Tool Changer mode In this mode Mach3 runs the M6Start macro script but does NOT run the M6End macro script As this mode is in
110. MachStdMill probing support 10 3 1 7 1 Probing Version This button will invoke the probing subsystem and display the version information for the probing subsystem 10 3 1 7 2 Probing Debug Setup This button displays a dialog that allows control of various debug options for the probing subsystem The use of this dialog is not needed for normal MachStdMill usage and it is not necessary to change any of these settings unless instructed to do so as part of a debugging support effort in cooperation with Newfangled Solutions LLC or Calypso Ventures Inc Access to the dialog is password protected 10 3 1 7 3 TLO G BLk is TP Button This button tells MachStdMill whether the TLO Gage Blk is a Touch Plate and hence a probing operation can be used to find the block s top surface 10 3 1 7 3 1 Max Distance DRO Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 229 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 If the G BIk is a TP this sets the max distance in Z for a probe to the TP operation 10 3 1 7 3 2 Gage Plate Height This DRO sets the physical height of the G BLk TP This value is used in calculations for TLO etc when using a G BIk 10 3 1 7 3 3 TP Delay This setting inserts a user specified delay time before the start of any probing operation This is useful when the control screen is positioned such that it may not be easy to see the screen and the machine simultaneously This feature is NOT INTENDED to allow an operator t
111. Manual Revision 2 15 If the user supplied script is present it will be invoked as part of the tool change No source modification of the M6 macro set is required to enable this The M6 hook scripts are hooks in to the M Code macros which are dependent on the active profile Thus the hook scripts should be placed into lt mach install dir gt macros lt active profile name gt For example If mach is installed in the default dir C Mach3 and the active profile was XYZ then that would be C Mach3 Macros X YZ A template for the M6ATC user script is installed by MachStdMill The template script documents the interface conditions for the user script Please see the template script source code for more information Templates for M6 user run time hooks are installed in lt mach install dir gt MachStdMill Profile Macro Masters Mill Templates 15 9 1 1 2 M3 M4 amp M5 Customization Hooks MSM provides hooks from MSM s M3 amp M4 amp M5 scripts to call user scripts This allows users to extend the M3 4 5 scripts by supplying user script code via a defined interface The user extension scripts are looked for in the profile specific mach macro directory as this is consistent with how mach treats M code scripts on a per profile basis The M3 M4 M5S hook scripts are hooks called by the M Code macros which are dependent on the active profile Thus the hook scripts should be placed into lt mach install dir gt macros lt active
112. Mill M code However if this is absolutely necessary the M Code update operation can be disabled via the Setting Common page Doing so is NOT recommended Please note that all problems resulting from disabling M Code update on initialization are solely the user s responsibility Support issues resulting from turning this option off will be declined 15 9Supported MachStdMill Interfaces This section contains information about the user hook interfaces provided by MachStdMill While reasonable efforts will be made to not change these interfaces over time no guarantees can be made or assumed All portions of MachStdMill are subject to change at any time without notice 15 9 1 Run Time User Script Calls 15 9 1 1 M6 Tool Change Sequence MachStdMill provides user script hooks to make customization of the M6 sequence possible without the need for alteration of the MachStdMill M6 sequence logic Caution It is possible for user scripts to take actions that will cause failure of the M6 Tool change sequence You are solely responsible for adequately testing any scripts called by this interface 15 9 1 1 1 Auto Tool Changers M6ATC MachStdMill supports easy user customization for auto tool changers When Mach is in auto tool changer mode the MachStdMill M Code macro set for M6 will look for a user supplied script and call it as part of the tool change sequence Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 268 MachStdMill User
113. Mill User Manual Revision 2 15 8 5 1 8 Max Z Distance Max distance in Z that a probing operation will move If the probe is not triggered within this distance the probe operation will return an error 8 5 1 9 Z Clearance The amount to back the probe off in Z from a found surface when a probe operation is successful It is recommended that this distance be gt 0 Due to the sensitivity of most probes if you do not back off the probed surface the probe may be re triggered by small motions or vibrations 8 5 1 10 Extra Probe Depth This value is an additional amount to increase the probe depth by for down and over probe operations When this parameter is zero the probe tip depth is set as shown in figure Figure 125 Probing Depth If this parameter is not zero the probe depth is increased by this amount Extra Probe Depth can not have a negative value I e is only can only increase in depth not a decrease it This parameter is only included in the Probing Op Parameters panel when it is applicable to one or more of the operations shown in the graphic operation button panel 8 5 2 Edge Finding Specific Probing Operation Parameters 8 5 2 1 Edge Width Specifies the width of the edge to be measured by an Edge probing routine 8 6 Edge Finding Probe Operation Group This panel is used to initiate the edge finding probing operations This panel contains three types of controls e Probe Operation Action Graphic Buttons
114. Mode This section introduces the MachStdMill support for Master Tool Mode MTM The touch off method of setting TLOs was introduced in Section 4 3 and the steps necessary to use the TCP TP for TC Auto TLO measurements was described in Section Error Reference source not found With the touch off technique each tool s TLO is determined relative to Part ZO As noted in section 4 3 the WCOz must be set before the touch off operations are performed to measure the tools This is required because the touch off method creates a TLO that is relative to the PartZ0 Plane and if the WCOz moves the TLOs also all need to be re determined A convenient variation of the touch off method is the use of a Master Tool MT With the master tool technique TLOs are set relative to a single reference tool instead of relative to Part ZO The tool used as the reference tool is called the Master Tool MT MachStdMill supports use of a master tool via the Master Tool Mode Master Tool Mode is enabled by the Master T Mode button on the tooling page TC Auto TCP TC Auto TLO TLO PTL Measure Tool f Skip RH Tools Master T Mode Figure 148 Master Tool Mode Button When Master Tool Mode MTM is On certain actions are modified when compared to when MTM is Off 9 1 1 Master Tool Mode SetZ0 Actions The actions performed when setting a WCOz to a part are dependent on MTM When MTM is off a SetZO action sets the WCz to the tool tip locat
115. O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 198 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 If all is well now reposition and try X Y and Y directions All still good 8 11 6 The First Z Probing Operation Now position the probe over the top surface of the test block Try the Z probe All good It should be as we did this earlier manually this is the same test only with the block 8 11 7 Down and Over Operations Now you can position the probe in from the edges of the block and try the down and over versions of the X amp Y edge operations Do all 4 corners all still OK The results will be the same only this is easier as you don t have to position the probe tip height by eye You ve now worked thru all the X Y and Z single axis probing operations 8 11 8 A Corner Probe Operation Now you can position the probe over the block within step off width of the corner and try the non rotated corner probe operations All OK 8 11 9 Edge Measurements Now position the probe just like for the corner cases but click the edge arrows MSM will do a corner find op then move along the edge and measure the angle of the edge wrt to the axis parallel to the edge We set the edge width parameter to 1 inch you can adjust it to be closer to your test block size if you like All OK still 8 11 10 Circular Pocket Center Probing For this operation you will need to change to the Post amp Pocket probe operation gr
116. Set Up Process 207 9 1 4 1 Measuring the MT PTL with the TCP TP csi cas une ca Sia 207 DLA IMENETLOS uso TOEP TP ti Ae 207 Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 10 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 943 Other MTM TECHIMO E 208 9 1 4 3 1 MTM TLO Setting Using a Gage Blk or Mobile Touch Plate 208 9 2 MTM Tool Change Options sc 2gsoeetgusegeegdertgudeer ENKEN Eed 208 9 2 1 MTM Auto TLO Measurement Support ssssssesssesssseessseesseesseessereseeessseessseesseese 208 9 2 2 RH amp NRH TOOL Holder Ea AA a 209 9 3 Using the Probe as the Master Tool cdcsisvesscaieetsoaesssngvansveagicediseccaeanedetaenansdentaatsees eases 211 9 4 Tutorial Probe tool Master Tool with Auto Tool Measurements ocooococnnccccnonncnnnnnno 211 9 5 Tutorial Touch Plates only with NRH Tool Holders A 216 10 MachStdMill Configuration Hardware and Reference Pages 221 10 1 ue EE 221 10 1 1 Graphic Jogging Arrow Buttons A A nies 222 2 AMO OR EE 223 101 3 E Eeer a Nie sak ce ta ae iets 223 10 1 4 Z Inhibit Panel iaa 223 105 3 Spindle and Coolant Eelere ee 223 Ed D e Ee 223 10 1 6 1 Spindle Ov rrido Panel rectora iii EE deed 223 10 1 0 2 Peed Rate O verde Panel Geer S 223 ee RAI Guin Ale EE 224 10438 G code Run Pause Stop Panel vec lt 5 se gioacaeseceins sec cada 224 10 1 9 Current Mach3 Loaded Prol tii ads 224 102 User EXS dui de 224 10 3 EE 225 10 3 1 tere eege ee 223 10 3 1 1 General Settings Control Group 226
117. Settings Hardware R f rence Figure 39 Happy Face Rewound As Mach runs G code Mach will dynamically update information on the screen to show G code status E g The current position DROs update as the tool moves and the Tool Path is highlighted white dots as it is cut Now that we are familiar with the controls on the simplified Run page it s time to make a Happy Face Press the Run Cycle Start button and the program will start running Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 69 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagh A File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator PlugIn Control Help Path TOOL CHANGE POSITION Clear Hist 41 D01 apply cutter offset LEFT for T1 01 x0 455 Y 2 00 Z 0 125 02 X2 000 Y 0 455 11 545 JO 02 X3 545 Y 2 000 10 J 1 545 02 X2 000 Y 3 545 1 1 545 JO 2 X0 455 Y 2 00 10 J1 545 cancel cutter comp in prep to go to new lead in point 1 X0 2625 y 3 1750 X0 8250 Y 3 7375 10 J 0 5625 1 X3 1750 02 X3 7375 Y 3 1750 10 5625 JO 1 Y 0 8250 G02 X3 1750 Y 0 2625 10 JO 5625 1 X0 8250 2 X0 2625 Y 0 8250 1 0 5625 JO 1 Y 3 1750 1 0 0 X0 YO TOOL CHANGE POSITION 05 Regen UFolow Bounds TPAR TLO ach Reset e Sgl Block inhibited M Rewind SRO FRO l j 01 42 Dei Dwell Mill gt G15 G0 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 oad WC Offset Tooling Run User Exts senings Hardware Reference Figure 40 Happy Face during executi
118. StdMill button action 15 6 1 Direct button code Prior to Mach3 version 3 43 x all button script code lived in a screen set set or Iset file This is what is referred to as direct button code The button definition within the set file s record for the screen control also contains the script code that the button executed This is illustrated in the following figure Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 257 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Button definitions inside set file 2010 Calypso Ventures Inc MSM CalypsoVentures com Figure 169 Direct Button Code When a user wants to customize the code for a button what they do is edit the code in the set file This is illustrated in the following figure For direct button code eg 1024 set etc you edit the code that lives in the set file Either via a screen editor or the mach menu edit button script Button definitions inside set file 2010 Calypso Ventures Inc MSM CalypsoVentures com Figure 170 Editing Direct Button Code Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 258 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 There are two common ways to edit direct button code a use ascreen editor to open the set file and change the script code or b Use the Mach menus to edit button script What that actually does is open the currently loaded set file get the code load it into the script e
119. TUS LI SOARS Ene CM tit EN 226 Mee is E 226 AS E Eo eA O O 227 HOS dA Control On line scenose renr E 227 10 3 1 1 5 Menu Bar On Off asii 227 10 3 1 2 Motion Settings Control Group 227 IA A Per oR 227 103122 SCV E NEE 227 10 3 1 2 3 Clon TEE 227 10 3 1 2 4 Sate Z Helio ER 227 E P Da o a oa a a a a aTa 227 10 31 26 Rapid Max EE 227 10 3 1 3 Axes Enabled Controls Group sissssccisscsssceassagecesssssdcacssestaacvavaccecsseasansvausdactensne 228 10 3 1 3 1 X Z amp A C amp Spindle Enable buttons 228 10 31 32 Venty Akes EE 228 10 3 1 3 3 Rotation Radii DROS iii cgcssasesscisisseceetatoavaiaiesazecsanesvatsateseabeasnaseatesbeveuntauere 228 10 31 34 D Ref A DUON iaa 228 10 3 1 4 Overrides Control EE 228 10 3 1 4 1 Limit Switch Re 228 10 3 1 4 2 Auto Limit Switch Cette eege geesde sceiataeenvatdedeacsasmeaees 228 10 3 1 5 Special Functions Control Group 228 TOS LSL Inet Single Stepio ar a a RKE Se 228 ISA AA Run Mat SCRIP IE tesa deck Sesh tess a eaa E E ce E E aia ek 228 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 11 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 10 3 1 6 Misc Config Control Group taa 229 10 3 16 17 Reset Interpreter EE 229 10 3 1 6 2 Set Utility Paths ui a ib 229 10 3 1 7 Probing CORTS AU e aos 229 EE A MA o A A O A 229 10 3 1 7 2 Probing Debug Setup EE 229 13 1723 EGO G BLEK is TP Ee 229 10 3 1 7 4 TC Position TP Configuration Group 230 10 3 1 8 ek tee RTE 230 10 3 1 9 Referenc POMS S
120. The Run Button panel which controls starting pausing and stopping G code execution e The coordinate display panel which displays the current Tool position and e The Run status panel which contains controls for tool changes overrides and other misc controls All of these controls are covered in detail in other sections of the manual To run the Happy Face we only need to learn a few more basic controls all of which are present on the alternate run page We will use the alternate simplified run page to describe the core controls Click the sub page tab labeled Path near the top of the page to change from the full run page to the simplified or big path run page Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 64 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 3 1 7 Simplified Run Page Mach CNC Licensed To David Bagby File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Clear Hist itle MSM Happy Face evision 1 0 Control Mach3 nits inches aterial size 4 0 x 4 0 x 0 5 6061 T6 Al rogram zero X0 Left edge YO top edge ZO top face ools T1 0 375 2 flute EM CUTTER DIAM IN D01 0 250 2 flute EM diamin DO2 Ess Regen UFolow Bounds TPAR TC TLO 0 3359 0 5459 SRO FRO 0 3844 MD EI DN J 0 0000 Mill gt G15 G0 G53 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 Dwell Sgl Block Inhibited M Rewind maondo 15 oad WC Offset Tooling Run User Exts
121. Tool TLO DRO active value depends on G43 G44 nun Axis Work Coordinate Offset OEM DRO Axis Work Coordinate Offset OEM DRO Axis Work Coordinate Offset OEM DRO Axis Work Coordinate Offset OEM DRO Const MachXAxisMachine0EMDRO Const MachYAxisMachine0EMDRO Const MachZAxisMachine0EMDRO Const MachAAxisMachine0EMDRO Axis Machine Coordinate OEM DRO Axis Machine Coordinate OEM DRO Axis Machine Coordinate OEM DRO Axis Machine Coordinate OEM DRO Const CurrToolWearDiamDRO 110 Const MachXAxisWCOEMDRO 178 OEM DRO MachYAxisWCOEMDRO 179 E OEM DRO mi TOATDA ann e arw nna Ln1 Col1 This makes it easy to browse around and see that a script does even if the script really lives in multiple disk files If you single step or run script with expansions the editor will expand the script before running it We want to change what the script does HERE IS WHERE YOU HAVE TO BE CAREFUL ABOUT WHAT YOU ARE DOING Realize that we have the code from the set file loaded in the editor which is just the expand line from the set file we DO NOT have the All RefAllHome mls file loaded into the editor Even though the editor is showing the contents of the All RefAllHome file you can not edit that file directly from here Any edits you attempt to make will be lost when the file is unexpanded and later re expanded This is a possible editor feature enhancement under consideration However this ability is not in the V3 version of the scrip
122. Tooling Run MUSEPEXS FP Setings Hardware Reference Figure 165 Main Reference page 10 5 1 License and Activation buttons 10 5 1 1 License Info This button displays the installation s MachStdMill license information Please refer to section 16 for more details Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 235 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 10 5 1 2 Activation This button is used to activate a MachStdMill installation with a purchased license Please refer to section 16 for more details 10 5 2 Documentation Buttons Documentation buttons open the specified document using the PDF reader configured via the Settings Common page 10 5 2 1 User Manual This button opens the MachStdMill User Manual this document 10 5 2 2 User Forum This button opens the default browser to the MachStdMill User Group Forum 10 5 2 3 Release Notes This button opens the MachStdMill Release notes document installed with the MachStdMill package The Release notes contain the latest information which may not yet be reflected in the User manual 10 5 2 4 G amp M Code Quick Ref This button opens the Mach3 G amp M Code Quick reference document Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 236 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Rapid positioning Linear interpolation Clockwise circular helical interpolation Clochwise cacti orig se Counterclockwise circular po XY plane select XZ plane selec
123. UIS E 230 10 3110 Set Ref Poltica edeEketeg eddi ee ENEE 230 PO SL Th Go Home Pos EE 230 AE ae OG REE POs ER 230 10 3 1 13 Go Ref via Mid a cas 231 e Settings Spindles ios 231 10 3 3 Rotating Spindle Pulley Pal A a Bee a 231 10 3 4 Tangential Knife Control Panel 00 iii 231 10 33 57 Laser settings Panels E 232 10 3 6 Plasma Settings Remelenger ais 232 104 Hardware Specife E 232 104 1 Logical Signals Parr A A EE 232 10 4 2 Parallel Port Driver Diagnostics 000 0 eee ceesseceenceceeneecesneeceeneecesneeceeeeecseeeeesteeeenaes 233 10 4 2 1 PPZ Ee et TEE 234 TAS D EE 234 10 44 Mach Driver Memes de o ae 235 10 5 Referenc PAGES ota 235 10 5 1 License and Activation daa 235 10 5 1 1 Ee 235 Ossie e EE 236 10 5 2 Documentation Buttons deeg Seed 236 10 5 2 1 ser Mania scat eee i eee ee hace 236 103 22 User POT A he ees Se aed 236 10 5 2 3 Release Not S viniste Ed 236 10 5 24 GEN Code Quick Rena 236 10 5 2 5 G Code Marta deed 238 10 5 2 6 A EE 238 10 5 2 7 Senpt WANS UAL da Geet Eet 238 10 5 2 8 Mach Script CHE 238 10337 ER 238 10 547 Eeer 239 11 KE E 241 12 Jnst lling MachStdMill asco 243 13 MachStdMill Operational Changes from Mach3 V3 with 1024 set seese 245 13 1 gt G dmetry for special ET 245 13 1 1 Tool geometry always comes from the tool table oooonncnnnccinncnnnninocnconnnnncnnnnnoss 245 13 1 2 Special tool geometry DROs deprecated 0 0 cece eecceesteceeneeceeneeeceeeeecseeeeen
124. User Manual for more information Alternative support business arrangements are available for customized packages and OEMs Please contact Calypso Ventures Inc for more information Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 22 MachStdMill User Manual 1 3 Glossary Revision 2 15 Technical topics are prone to the use of abbreviations and Mach and MachStdMill are not exceptions The following is a lost of some o f the more common abbreviation used within this manual Block Del Curr Position CPos n Cyc Incr CV De Ref Diam Dist ES G Blk J follow MC or M Coords MDI MPG MT MTM NRH O Ride PTL Pos n Ref Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Block Delete Current Position Current Position Cycle Increment Constant Velocity De reference Diameter Distance Exact Stop Gauge block Jog Follow Machine Coordinate s Manual Data Input Manual Pulse Generator Master Tool Master Tool Mode Non Repeatable Height Override Physical Tool Length Position Reference Page 23 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Regen Regenerate tool path RH Repeatable Height Rot d Rotated Sol Block Single Block Sim Simulate T Path Tool Path TC Tool Change TCP Tool Change Position TLO Tool Length Offset TP Touch Plate TCP TP Tool Change Position Touch Plate THC Torch Height Control WC Work Coordinate WCO Work Coordinate Offset Ver Version V fy Verify 1 4 Installing MachStdMil
125. Using the MachStdMill Screen Set with Mach3 V3 For MachStdMill v2 0 0 and later Calypso Ventures Inc March 30 2015 Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc All Rights Reserved MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Table of Contents UE e ee WEE 21 1 1 Scope of the Manal eegene bet astoria a a eE A E E eE a SE E a 21 1 2 MacbStdMill Project ASIN en i R ea Ed 22 1 2 1 MachStdMill Questions amp Feedback 22 e E Deen EE 22 1 222 EE 22 1 3 Eeer 23 LA Installing MachStdMill sesion in ain Eege uge 24 1 4 1 Best Visual Appearance icc ege eebte EE Eelef 25 AA Windows Task EE 23 A E E 25 1 5 1 Mach Std Mall Re EE EE 25 1 5 2 Licensed ditions iii 27 Peon A ee ee 27 EE e Ee 28 1 5 3 MachStdMill Alpha Beta amp Eval Releages A 29 1 6 Ee Ee 29 1 7 MachStdMill Online Proxy Activation vs Operation cooccnnonononcnonnnonnnononcnoncnnnncnnn ccoo cnn 29 1 7 1 PR CUR AVL OND ee EE 29 1 7 1 1 Online Activation amp Deactivation 20 0 0 ceeseccesssccesececseececeeeceessececesseeecneeeeesceeees 29 1 7 1 2 Proxy Activation amp Deactivati0N ooononccnnoncccnnnncnnnnnnnnonacnnonaconanacononacon nacion nacio 29 1 7 2 MachStdMill Online Offline Operapon 30 1 8 User guidance re TLO techniques and optional hardware ooooonococcoocccooncccnonnnonnncnnnnnncnnno 30 2 MachStdMill User Interface Control sisscccicscesscscsssscevasssccasasadesedvavneaceasedvevetedeaataavesaneesndeceoanvcoee 33 2 1 Conventions and Co
126. a condition of installation and use of the software See the EULA document for more information 1 5 1 MachStdMill Trial Usage MachStdMill installs as a fully functional timed trial demo At the end of the demo period the software requires a valid activated MachStdMill license to continue running Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 25 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 During the trial period all MachStdMill production release functionality is available for evaluation When in trial mode MachStdMill indicates this by displaying the trial status in the upper right hand corner of each page as shown here Figure 2 Trial Mode Indication So that the user may evaluate the differences between the editions MachStdMill buttons which are functional in the Professional Edition and not in the Personal Edition are underlined Below are examples of the probing page for a Personal Edition and the Professional Edition Je Mach3 CNC Licensed To Davi iby Jl 1 File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator PlugIn Control Hep y MachStdMill TOUCH Off Probing Clear Hist Personal G54 Zero 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 ER G55 q 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 on Zero 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 637 Save Ze 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 G59 Report 0 0000 0 0000 47 1493 0 0000 1 0780 Probing Op Probing Error Probe Op Reset Jogging Cont 7m MPG e
127. ace of the gage block the steps for setting TLO values via the TP are e Mount the tool in the spindle This includes both the physical placement of the tool into the spindle and telling Mach the tool number of the mounted tool The best way to do this is to use the MDI line to execute T M6 where is the number of the tool being mounted Jog the newly mounted tool over the mobile touch plate Lower the tool until is within the Max Dist you configured for the Mobile TP Click the Set TP TLO button The TLO value for the tool will be measured and entered into the Mach tool table Repeat these steps for each tool the G code program will use 4 Since Touch Plate use is really a probing operation the probing actions tool movement feed rate back off distance etc for touch plates are controlled by the Probing Op Parameters panel on the WC Offset Probing Tab Page Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 125 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The following figure show an example of using a Mobile TP instead of a gage block Figure 92 Using a Mobile TP to touch for TLO NOTE The use of a mobile TP simply automates the touch process It does not resolve the issues associated with NRH tool holders The other TP the TCP TP is required for dynamic TLO measurements as part of a tool change 5 4 8 TC Options amp Master Tool Mode Panel This panel contains Tool Change and Master Tool Mode option c
128. aces was a numbered M Code ex M123 m1s file This mechanism was intended to support simple user defined M Codes It was not intended as a general purpose subroutine call mechanism MachStdMill does not use M Code files as subroutine containers RunScript calls are used instead 15 4 1 1 Summary e MachStdMill avoids Code M123 in favor of RunScript lt script name gt e MachStdMill also uses RunScript as a run time means to access user defined scripts supplied after MachStdMill is installed This is how MachStdMill creates run time hooks without the need for a user alteration of MachStdMill script sources 15 4 2 Expand Pre Processing MachStdMill makes extensive use of the Mach3 pre processing capabilities Pre processing to include source code files enables 1 Implementation of header files This greatly increases code maintainability 2 Creation of common readable code modules with parameters and type checking The Syntax for Expand has two syntax options The lt gt syntax was designed to support screen sets and wizards The lt gt form allows the location of included scripts to be dynamically determined at run time the location of scripts do not have to hard coded into the scripts when they are written This is a feature that MachStdMill takes significant advantage of The semantics of expand drives some of fundamental aspects of MachStdMill s code structure They also force the use of
129. ach to go get the contents of a disk file and replace this line with the contents of that file The lt gt syntax is telling mach that the place to look for the disk file is dependant on the name of the loaded screen set With this form of the line mach looks in lt mach install dir gt ScreenSetMacros lt Screen set Dames For MachStdMill default installation the actual location will be C Mach3 ScreenSetMacros MachStdMill set Note that the set is part of the subdirectory name this enables this approach to work for both mill screens set and lathe screens lset even when the mill and lathe screens might have the same name Next we need to understand the naming conventions used by MachStdMill to name button script disk files Do not confuse the use of angle brackets lt and gt in the expand line where the are syntax delimiters used in parsing the expand line and the use of angle brackets to denote meta tokens For example lt mach install dir gt is used to indicate that the lt xyz gt meta token should be replaced with the token s actual value For a default mach3 install lt mach install dir gt C Mach3 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 261 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 15 7 3 MachStdMill Script Name Conventions By convention MachStdMill installs all it s button scripts in a Masters Scripts subdirectory MachStdMill also uses a naming conven
130. ad WC Offset Tooling Run User Exts Settings Hardware Reference Figure 23 G code error on load Note that the error is called out on the error line Line numbers within the G code window can be toggled On Off by double clicking inside the G code window Use the Load button to load up the MSM Happy Face sample G code file located in the mach3 gcode directory Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 53 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagby 1054 File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help end of broaram Load Recent Edit rere Title MSM Habov Face Close Corr e hai ETS ntrol Mac Units inches VE E size Tox th x Geier Al roaram zero eft edae a YO Se edae pti s ZO ton face ools un LE 376 2 ue EM CUTTER T2 ute EM diamin D02 MEE Proaram coe ee 3 Utility C Mach3 GCode MSM Happ Face Rewind JFollow Bounds TPah Sim 1000 00 00 Jogging Cont 72000 CO hin Extent Current Po fax Extent MPG Step 0 0500 sal fiach 00000 25500 3 7375 Reset 3 7375 34420 0 0000 0 1250 00000 10000 0 0000 00000 0 0000 xy DOTADO Vv ege H f 7 Load WC Offset Tooling Run User EXIS Settings Hardware Reference Figure 24 Happy Face loaded Since the sample program has no errors you should not see any error messages and your screen will look like the figure above The G code win
131. alypso Ventures Inc Page 221 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Joqging Fast Soft Limits Jog Auto OR Limits Cont Step MPG Shuttle EZ Inhibit 0 3750 100 Reset 0 100 Smithy 1240 w ppd Figure 157 Fly Out Page 10 1 1 Graphic Jogging Arrow Buttons These graphic buttons cause a jog motion in the direction indicated by the button Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 222 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 10 1 2 Auto OR Limits This button enables the Mach3 Automatic override of a limit condition Normally jogging is disabled when a limit switch is active When this button is activated Mach3 allows you to jog off a limit switch even though a limit switch is active 10 1 3 Shuttle This button turns On Off the Mach3 shuttle mode 10 1 4 Z Inhibit Panel This panel allows you to limit the minimum Z value to which the tool will move When the Z Inhibit button is on the tool will not go below the value set in the Min Z DRO This can be useful when running new G code to force the tool to stay above a minimum Z level which has presumably been set to be above the table and any fixtures and raw stock 10 1 5 Spindle and Coolant Panel This panel provides buttons to run the spindle in the CW or CCW direction and to stop the spindle Buttons are also provided to toggle Mach3 s Flood and Mist coolant output signals 10 1 6 Override Panels 10 1 6 1 Spindle Overr
132. and lines also You are about to make the contents of this file YOUR CODE and there is no reason for a CVI notice to be in your custom script code Add this line Msgbox Hello I am the RefAllHome button script Save the file Close the editor Click the Ref All Home button you should see this dialog Button Script 1 Hello Iam the RefAllHome button script You have just customized the button action Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 267 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 15 8 Modifying MachStdMill M Code Macros The correct operation of MachStdMill requires the use of MachStdMill versions of several M Code macros The MachStdMill implementation of spindle start stop and tool changes are dependant on the correct operation of these macros Because of the way that Mach3 V3 searches for M Codes at run time it is necessary for copies of the MachStdMill M Code macros to be present in the correct directory for every profile that runs MachStdMill During initialization MachStdMill copies the master M Code into the correct directory for the active profile Therefore any modifications made to these M Code for a profile will be overwritten with the installed master M Code macros when MachStdMill initializes Run time hooks are provided to support the common reasons for modifying M Code actions It should be extremely rare that there is really a need for a user to change the operation of a MachStd
133. and will only save external tool table files in the updated format To convert a MachStdMill 1 0 x release external tool table to the current format in order to load it on another machine simply load it then use SaveAs to save it as the same file name 5 4 4 2 3 Report 38 MachStdMill release 1 0 x constrained external tool table files to be in the setup units of the machine that created the file This prevented a metric file from being used on a Imperial machine and vise versa Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 120 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This button creates a report of the information in the tool table and sends it to the configured non G code editor From the editor you can modify change copy amp paste or print the report The report generated is uses the Empty Tool attribute to include only non empty tool table entries in the report 5 4 5 Current Position Panel This panel displays current position information M Coords 2 2432 0 3975 1 0000 Save Pos n Retun Pos n Figure 87 Current Position Panel 5 4 5 1 M Coords This button changes the multimode DROs from WC to MC 5 4 5 2 Save Pos n This button does the traditional Mach3 operation of saving the current position 5 4 5 3 Return Pos n This button does the traditional Mach3 operation of returning to the last previously saved position 5 4 6 TC Position Panel 19 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Go TC Posen CPos n to
134. ange The only slight disadvantage of using the Probe as the Master is that the Probe tool is seldom the longest tool you may use so you need to be a tad more careful about applying TLO after a tool change and moving the tool to the part This is one reason it makes sense to set the TCP to be at the top of Z travel as this typically gives the maximum possible clearance at the end of any tool change 9 4 Tutorial Probe tool Master Tool with Auto Tool Measurements This tutorial section will be an exploration in how to use Master Tool Mode MTM A probe tool and a Tool Change position Touch Plate TCP TP to do 1 set the work coordinate zero point for a part and Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 211 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 2 automatically measure a tool every time a tool is mounted For the following discussion it would be good to be familiar with sections 1 7 5 4 7 8 4 and 9 of the MSM user manual Machine optional hardware scenario e Optional hardware present o Probe tool o TCP TP Operational Assumption 1 The TCP is properly set up and it s location is calibrated and known to MSM See section 7 1 4 for how to set up the TCP TP Operational Assumption 2 The Probing parameters are set up to successfully probe see section 8 4 for probing parameters e Tool holders o Only NRH This means we will not be using the Skip RH Tools option for a tool change Since ALL tool holders are NRH
135. arted on the MachStdMill installation computer you will be presented with the following dialog W Enter LicenselD amp Password LOX LicenselD Password Figure 179 Proxy Activation License Information Enter the LicenseID and Password you received when you purchased your MachStdMill license Click OK to continue with the Proxy activation process MachStdMill will then create a Proxy Activation request and ask you where you want to copy the request to Since this information has to be physically taken to another PC which has network access to do the 2 phase of the Proxy activation process choose a removable media drive Here is the dialog that appears from which you can select where to store the proxy information Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 284 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Browse For Folder Select a Folder E Desktop E FS My Documents d My Computer E Ki My Network Places Make New Folder Figure 180 Proxy data storage location dialog The amount of storage required is modest a few MBs a USB thumb drive would be a convenient device to use for this purpose MachStdMill will copy the required information to the location you choose and when the file copy is complete you will see this dialog MSM Proxy Activation Proxy Activation Waiting for Proxy data to be returned Click OK when the ProxyActivationResponse file is back from Proxy PC
136. as the Work Coordinate Offset Each axis may have a different amount of shift Offset WC f MC where f translation N WC Y WCOx 4 MC to WC relationship WC MC WCO WCx MCx WCOx WCy MCy WCOy WCz MCz WCOz WC X 21 This is true most of the time a WC can also be rotated wrt to the MC ignore that for this discussion Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 78 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 45 WC WCO and MC Relationship By setting the Work Coordinate Offset WCO values you are positioning the WC Zero point to the position in space you want to use as WC zero The WC Zero point is the often set to be a corner of the raw material stock for a part The MachStdMill facilities for setting WCOs both manually and via touch off operations are described in this section Touch off operations include the ability to use a touch plate for the gage block when setting Z Zero For a description of WCO setting via MachStdMill s probing support see section 6 2 The following figure shows the WC Offsets Page Touch Off sub page Mech CNC Licensed To David Bagby File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator PlugIn Control Help Touch Off FProbing Cleat Hist Zero 0 6891 0 0000 0 6891 0 0000 Zero 0 4586 0 0000 0 4586 0 0000 Zero 1 3387 0 0000 1 3387 0 0000 Zero 0 0000 0 0000 0 0
137. at any time except right after the tool has been mounted and measured The way we have set up the TC options will make each and every TC do a tool measurement so we will be OK This is vitally important to the scenario being described We ll be OK and to make sure this condition true we will adopt an operating rule for our scenario DON T CHANGE THE TC OPTIONS without seriously thinking thru the implications Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 218 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 In particular for this scenario do NOT turn off TC Auto TLO Now we ll walk thru the steps 3 Set X and Y WC Offsets using whatever method you like 4 Now set WC Z0 for the part Since we are using MTM we have to use the MT to do this MSM will complain if you attempt to set ZO without the MT 5 Mount the MT Via MDI command This will measure the PTL of the MT as part of the Tool change 6 Place the mobile TP on the zero surface of the part 7 Jog the MT over to be above the mobile TP 8 Click the Green Probe Z graphic button on any WC Offset probing tab page This will cause MSM to probe down to the Mobile TP and set the ZO level 9 Remove the Mobile TP and Jog the MT away from the part We are done with the MT until unless we need to set rest ZO OK now let s verify that the magic all works If you want to know HOW or WHY the magic works see section 9 in the manual Mount a different to
138. ations both the First Z and Last Z buttons should be ON With both buttons ON the operation sequence will be e Probe down to find the Z level of the top of the Ridge This Z level is used to determine the post operation s Probe depths during the probing sequence e Find the center of the ridge using a series of probing operations e From above the center point of the ridge probe down to find the Z level of the center of the ridge This is the Z level that is reported and is used for setting the WCZO Normally the ridge s final Z level is measured at the center of the ridge and this can t be done until after the center is known When probing a ridge with a hole or depression in the center this becomes problematic as there may be no Z surface at that location to probe The First Z and Last Z options can be used to find the center of a ridge which is not solid or flat By turning off both First Z and Last Z options and by using appropriate ZClearance and Extra Probe Depth amounts it is possible to find the center of an piece of channel which does not have a symmetrical center or one where the center material is not centered between the outside faces 8 7 2 1 1 First Z Then this button is ON the first Z probe of the sequence will be done normally If this button is OFF the first Z probe is not done Instead the Z level of the probe as of when the post operation was started is assumed to be the Z level of the top of the ridge PLUS the Z
139. axis The V fy All Verify All button will verify the position of all axes 10 3 1 3 3 Rotation Radii DROs These DROs are used to set the Rotation Radius for a rotary axis A B or C 10 3 1 3 4 De Ref All button This button will force the state of all axes to be set to unreferenced 10 3 1 4 Overrides Control Group 10 3 1 4 1 Limit Switch Override This enables the limit switch override so that the machine may be jogged off an active limit switch This override needs to be set each time a limit switch is triggered 10 3 1 4 2 Auto Limit Switch Override This enables the Limit Switch Override functionality so that the machine may be jogged off an active limit switch Additionally when Auto Limit Switch Override is enabled the Limit Switch Override functionality remains enabled once you have moved off the triggered limit 10 3 1 5 Special Functions Control Group 10 3 1 5 1 In 4 Single Step Turning on this option instructs Mach to single step G code when Input 4 is active 10 3 1 5 2 Run Maint Script This control is use for system maintenance or trouble shooting activities User may be supplied special scripts to gather diagnostic information or to correct some aspect of the system operation Such scripts can be run via this button The button will open a file browse dialog which allows you to select the script to be run The dialog opens by default to the Masters Scripts Maintenance Both m1s and mcc scripts ma
140. be tool Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 137 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 6 3 Interfacing Probes to Break Out Boards The topic of interfacing a probe with a LED in it to a Break Out Board BoB that uses opto isolated inputs has come up a couple of times on the MSM support forum This section is a summary of the issue involved which may be of help to MSM users 6 3 1 Probe Switch Action At the hardware level many probes are basically a NC switch Most probes are naturally an Active High device to mach When the probe is not triggered it s internal switch is closed and hence the input is shorted to ground therefore the input pin is at a low Ov state Conversely when the probe is triggered the probe switch opens and this is supposed to let the input go to the active state High Alas this does not always happen with all break out boards with all probes 6 3 2 Control Interface Problem Symptoms The LED state on the Probe and the Screen LEDs in mach do not match or the Probe action is intermittent 6 3 2 1 Test Approach You can determine if you are having an electronic interface issue by comparing the actions of the probe to a pair of wires connected where the probe connects First test things using the pair of wires in place of the probe Disconnect the probe and replace the probe with a simple pair of wires Touch the wires to simulate the probe not triggered and
141. be using a Gage block to touch off tools to set their TLO values before using the gage block be sure to set the gage block height on the Settings Common page Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 122 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Before starting a job all tools which will be used by the job need to have their TLO values set The process to do this is Mount the tool in the spindle This includes both the physical placement of the tool into the spindle and telling Mach the tool number of the mounted tool The best way to do this is to use the MDI line to execute T M6 where is the number of the tool being mounted Jog the newly mounted tool over the gage block Lower the tool until is just touches the gage block With the tool tip touching the gage block click the Set G BIk TLO button The TLO value for the tool will be entered into the Mach tool table Repeat these steps for each tool the G code program will use The following figure show an example of a tool touching a gage block Figure 90 Using a Gage Block to set a tool s TLO This gage block shown happens to be of the indicating type that lights up when the tool tip touches the top of the block Once all the tool TLOs have been set double check the tool table entries to make sure that you have also set the tool diameters in the tool table This is particularly important if your G Code program user cuter compensation G41 G42 as t
142. being probed There is no need for the hint to be precise If the hint value is too large a little extra time will be expended probing air This probe operation should be started with the probe tip roughly over the center of the ridge you want to probe The probe will search in Z to establish an initial Z height and the he probe will lift above this height by Z Clearance The probe will then step over by a distance equal to Hint 2 Step Off Width and then lower to find the first face of the ridge The rest of the operation will find both outside faces of the ridge the position the probe tip over the center of the ridge Finally the Z height of the ridge at the center line will be probed If Probe Only is off the Y and Z axes will be Zeroed to the center line of the top of the ridge Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 175 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The results of the probe operation will be shown in the result portion of the Probing Op Parameters panel Note that for a Y direction Ridge Probe the X axis is not changed by the operation 8 7 1 5 Probe Z This operation is the same that described in the Edge Finding group It is also included in this group for convenience 8 7 2 Ridge and Valley Group buttons The buttons in the panel are the same as those in the edge finding group panel 8 7 2 1 Z Action Options These buttons modify the Z actions for the X Y ridge operations For normal ridge oper
143. bout the current tool mounted in the spindle 32 On Mach V3 this is implemented via a MachStdMill extension to the tool description You do not need to worry about these details as MachStdMill handles this for you 33 Future versions of Mach are expected to provide improved support for H amp D offset registers Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 111 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 0 G43 E48 TLO Active 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Tool 0 Is Not a Physical Tool Figure 79 Current Tool Panel 5 4 1 1 Current Tool This control displays the Current tool number In MSM the current tool DRO will not take an input value to change what Mach3 thinks is the currently mounted tool ST Use the MDI control to do T M6 instead This avoids many of the known Mach3 V3 bugs which result from directly changing the Tool DRO value 5 4 1 2 Setup Units Indicator At the top of the Panel just to the left of the Current Tool DRO the units for the information is the H DI panel is displayed This will always be the machine s setup units and will not change unless Mach is restarted with a profile that has different setup units The values for setup units are inch and mm 5 4 1 3 G43 amp G49 These buttons turn TLO On Off In MachStdMill TLO is no longer toggled on off as older screen sets did This is because TLO activation is NOT a two state transition diagram G43 G44 and G49 MachS
144. cating range of the tool and then set the touch tool s dial to zero Once the physical length measurement is taken it is crucial that the tool s zero not be changed Changing the tool s dial zero setting requires that the tool length be re measured For an example of using a dial gage indicating touch tool refer to Section 4 3 1 1 3 5 2 4 On Machine Tool Length Setting 5 2 4 1 TLO by Touch Off to Part Z0 Another common technique is to touch each tool off on the machine to the Part s ZO plane and set the tool length to be relative to the Part s ZO surface This is illustrated in the following sequence of figures Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 99 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Example Tools Gage Line MC ZO EA Part ZO Figure 66 Example Tools While only one tool at a time will be mounted in the spindle the figure takes the liberty of showing three tools above the part so that the relationships of the TLO for different length tools can readily be illustrated In the figure each tool is shown at the gage line of the machine and each tool has a physical length denoted by PTL1 PTL2 and PTL3 Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 100 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Tool 1 at TCP MC ZO Gage Line MC ZO WCZ se Figure 67 Tool at TCP The prior figure shows the first step in the sequence used to measure the TLO
145. ccnnncncnnncconnaninno 170 8 6 3 EE 170 Osa Is A Ee 170 8 6 4 Edge Finding Probe Operation Results 170 8 6 5 le A A e E E a E G EE E 171 8 6 6 Y Probed Positif eene 171 8 6 7 Z Probed POSO A nla tee ie 171 8 6 8 Edge measurement results riein iat e is 171 8 6 8 1 Edge EE 171 9 0 9 2 Edge Delta E 171 8 6 9 Probing Operation Stats LEDS dd alii 171 86 95 Probing Op LED iicn ideada 171 8 6 9 2 Probine Error LED iii 171 0 10 Probe Up Reset On E 171 8 6 10 1 1 Probe Only amp Measurement Resolution coooconnnncccnonnncnonccnnnnncnonnccnnnncnnnnos 173 O EEiee 173 8 6 11 1 Probe ACUC ta 173 011 2 M ster Tool Mode Se A ee E 173 8 7 Ridge and Valley Probing Operation Group 173 8 7 1 Ridge and Valley Action Graphic Buttons 174 8 7 1 X Direction Valley Ebene sce n a a i 174 Sa Xe Direction Valley PROBE EE 174 ES X Direction Ridge been Ed 175 SAL X Mat DRO EE 175 S A d EM 175 A VEDR EE 175 SESS EE E 176 8 7 2 Ridge and Valley Group DULtONS egene soos edcuteseeedaveaveandsdeesdeadhaseassense 176 SLL ZAMON CPUs segs i a A e a o eee aeans cons eack oo eae 176 O E A io 176 Ou Dy LD Lat Dist 176 8 7 3 Ridge and Valley Group RESUS nati edel 177 8 8 Pocket and Post Probing Operation TOUS 177 8 8 1 Pocket and Post Action Graphic Buttons 178 Bee Probe eegene erg 178 8 8 1 2 Rectangular Post Center Probe Operaton 178 SELLi X Y Hnt DROS ee eenegen 178 8 8 1 3 Rectangular Pocket Center Probe Operaton 179 8 8
146. ch plate is enabled via the TCP TP Installed button on the Settings Common page Figure 97 TCP Touch Plate Example Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 130 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 98 TCP TP being used to measure Drill Bit TLO 6 1 3 Both Plate s and Probe Some of the operations supported by MachStdMill either require or are much easier when the machine has both a Touch Off plate and an active 3D probe A full function MachStdMill machine would have 3 digitizing devices An active probe a movable touch off plate for use on part z zero surfaces and a fixed plate below the TCP for Master Tool Mode Auto TLO You only need to have the devices required for the features of MachStdMill you want to use MachStdMill can support any combination of the 3D probe and the two touch plates At first glance this could appear to pose a problem since Mach3 only has one digitizing probe input signal MachStdMill supports two different methods for interfacing multiple probe event devices for use by MSM There is no explicit MSM configuration setting to select between the one signal and the two signal interfaces that are described in the following sections The choice of the standard one signal interface and the two signal interface is determined by the definition of the Mach Timing input signal in Mach s ports amp pins dialog e To use MSM with only the Probe input signal one s
147. chStaMill Set File LOC AOS A TE E 256 15 5 3 Loading a Set file with Mac Std Mills aii 256 15 5 3 1 Bug Report e E Te EE 237 15 6 Customizing Button Actions viii id ias 257 ISOT RS 257 15 0 2 Jndir ct Button e 259 15 6 2 1 User Customized MachStdMill Button 260 15 7 Finding a Desired Master Script le x ogegiedggei ECKE ccesacedurcedacdieesdetavaecdaddaeaseaaedves 260 15 7 1 MachStdMill Master Scripts Jean ett deene ee 261 1572 RAIN EELER 261 15 7 3 MachStdMill Script Name Conventions 0 ceccceescecesncecescceceecceceeeeeceeeeeeseeeeenaes 262 15 7 4 Example Changing the RefAllHome Action coooconnncnnnnonocononnnnnnnconncnonacconcnnnncnnnno 262 15 8 Modifying MachStdMill M Code Macros ccceesssecessseceseeceeeeeceseeeceeceecseeeeceeeeeseeeeees 268 15 9 Supported MachStdMill Interfaces 268 15 9 1 Run Time User Script Calls rscc sccadsccesentaassctessaseetanatvpacavesdiecsannsvcdsa beparesoenncouswaes 268 15 9 1 1 M6 Tool Change UE 268 15 9 1 1 1 Auto Tool Changers M6ATC a a 268 15 9 1 1 2 M3 M4 amp M5 Customization Hooks cccccccnnnnnnncccnconononanicnicncnccnononanininos 269 15 9 1 1 3 M6Start and M6End User Customization Hooks 270 15 9 1 1 4 Pre AutoTLO Measurement 0 00 0 cesscecssccecssececssccessscceescessnseesseeees 270 15 9 1 2 MachStdMill Initialization amp Pv 271 A E A O A A 271 Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 13 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 16 1
148. chStdMill has Mach3 reload the set file This means that lt mach install dir gt MachStdMill set is a Master file and can not be directly edited by the user Any edits made to this file will be lost when MachStdMill overwrites the file For multiple reasons it may be desirable to create customized derivative versions of the MachStdMill Master Set files for example to add a button to the User extensions page or to modify the named script invoked by a button MachStdMill supports customized MachStdMill screens set files The user can create customized set files and teach MachStdMill that they exist The user can select from the available set files master and customized and designate one as the set file to be loaded when MachStdMill initializes This is done via the Settings Common page Refer to section 10 3 1 1 for more information 15 5 1 Customizing MachStdMill Set Files To customize MachStdMill these steps are typically required e Create a Screen set file to customize This is most often done by cloning a new screen set from an existing MachStdMill screen set You can use the Settings common page Clone Screen button to do this The settings dialog can create a cloned screen set from an existing screen set either a MachStdMill installed Master Screen Set or a previously created user customized screen set e Edit the screen set file as needed Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 255 MachStdMill Use
149. change sequence This let you use NRH holders and have the system measure the tool each time a tool is mounted This ability requires the presence of the optional fixed location Tool Change Position TCP Touch Plate TP Set up and use of a TCP TP is described after we cover Touch Plates and their installation and setup and use are described in sections 6 and 6 3 5 4 7 1 2 Tutorial Using a tool with known TLO to touch and set Z Zero Now that you have set the TLOs for the job s tools Remember to set the Z Zero surface for the part You generally want to set Z zero using a tool which has a valid TLO value If the TLO value for the tool is incorrect the location of the Z Zero will also be incorrect You also want to check that TLO is active for the tool that you use to set Z Zero with TLO state is shown and can be set from the current tool panel on the tooling page TLO state is also given in the mode status of the main Primary pages and can be set G43 G49 via MDI Section 4 3 1 1 covers Touching off to set WC Z0 5 4 7 2 Set TP TLO To set TLOs via touch off a mobile Touch Plate can be used instead of a static gage block This allows automation of the touch off process If the G BIk has been configured to be a Touch Plate TP this action button will move the current tool down until the mobile touch plate is found and then set the TLO measurement for the current tool See section 10 3 1 7 for the G Blk configurat
150. cision for Mach3 V4 and so MachStdMill also follows this design decision when running on Mach3 V3 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 245 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 a Rapid up to G53 Z TCP b Rapid to G53 X Y TCP Warning Like most things CNC if you set TCP to a bad location you can crash the machine Make sure you are happy with the TCP position before selecting the Auto TCP option 13 2 2 2 TC M6End Movements We decided to REMOVE the code from M6End which used to try to put the tool back after a tool change The more this was looked at the more it became obvious that this was dangerous safety issue code Consider in M6end we have just changed a tool the code has no idea of what tool was inserted or what its dimensions are and the code has no way to find out Even worse the old M6End code used SafeZ which can be in work coordinates or machine coordinates or even be set to an incremental move in either coordinate system There are not sufficient scripting API calls to find all the SafeZ parameter settings Even if all the settings were easily available the code required to figure out what to do in all cases would be far from trivial and the work coordinate modes would still be unsafe gt This is a potential machine crash safety situation and it was decided it was an unacceptable safety risk to incorporate a feature that has proven to be broken If a machine owner wants to cu
151. cnoccnocccconcnonncnonocannnonn nono ncnonccnnncnnnccnnncnnos 145 Figure 107 PTE Only Measurement 147 Figure 108 TLO PTL Option Settings ii acia 148 Figure 109 Master Tool Mode Option Settings 00 0 0 cecececeeseeceeneeceseeeecseceeceeeecsceeceneeeesteeeesaes 148 Figure 110 TCP TP Configuration Controls viii A ae ee 150 Figure 111 Calculating TCP TP Top Position geet ege geegge e socdaa ts 151 Figure hs WOO Probins EE 154 Figure 113 Probe Tool Tip Geometria 155 Figure 114 Work Coordinate Offset Panel iii dad 155 Figure 115 10x7 Probing WC Selection Panel ii tt Ble el ig ee Be 156 Figure 116 12x9 Probing WC Selection Panel ici lib 156 Figure 117 Edge Finding Probing Operations siii EE 157 Figure 118 Ridge and Valley Probing Operations ooooonoccnoncnnonnconncnonoconnnnnn cono nonononnnnnonnncnn anno ncnnnnos 158 Figure 119 Pocket and Post Probing Operations oooocnoocccnoncccnoncnononcnononcnononcnononcnnnnncnnonnccnnnnccnnnnnos 158 Figure 120 A Axis Probing Operations scccsaccsseccciachersscayteecsese shes sdnaseendecdevde concisa indefensa 159 Figure 121 B Axis Probing Operations A eee eee eee 159 Figure 122 Edge Finding Probing Op Parameters Panel A 160 Figure 123 Measuring a NEE 161 Figure 124 Step Off Width viii ee el ee eee ede aas 162 Fig re 125 Probing Depths inn ENEE 163 Figure 126 Edge Finding Probe Operation Arrows amp Buttons 165 Figure 127 WC Aligned Corner Probe vicioiiniocin acido idad ica cards 166 Fig
152. corner and measure an edge angle along the direction of the arrow The operation will Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 168 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 perform the appropriate 3D corner operation X Y Z zero is set to the corner followed by an edge offset measurement operation and then calculate the location of the corner of the rotated block The angle of the edge relative to the work coordinate axes will be displayed in the probing operation results DROs Note The block is assumed to be rectangular all corner faces at 90 degrees to each other When finding the corner of a rotated block the start position of the probe has some constraints In addition to the requirement for the position to be within SOW of the corner edges You also need to start on the edge angle face side of the axis line bisecting the corner This is illustrated in the figure below Corner with Edge Angle Start Locations Figure 131 Starting touch spots for Angled Block Corner Probes The system can t know the block angle until after it measures the angle of the indicated face To make the angle measurement probe moves aligned with the current XY WC axes are used If the angle measurement sequence is started from the non angle face side of the bisecting line the probe movements may not avoid the corner depending on the values of StepOffWidth etc Starting on the recommended side of the bisector avoids the corne
153. ctively this means that the most common Mach3 usage model is Mill Router with human tool change accessory MachStdMill includes features to make Tool Change handling easier for the human tool changer 5 1 2 Tooling Types amp Holders Mach3 users utilize a wide variety of tooling The tooling used has both English and Metric native measurements and G code programs are not restricted to tools using only one measurement system The type of tool holders used can either facilitate or impede common machining practices MachStdMill includes the concept of different types of tool holders and currently supports two types Repeatable Height Holders RH and Non Repeatable Height tool holders NRH 5 1 2 1 Non repeatable Height Holders This is the most common type of tool holder in use within the Mach3 user community A non repeatable tool holder is one that does not provide the same physical tool length each time the tool and holder are mounted in the spindle The type of tool holder used is often determined by the machine s spindle bore e Commonly available spindles R8 is a common example may not natively support RH holders e Price R8 holders are inexpensive e Availability R8 holders are easy to obtain and CNC converted manual machines will have tooling from it s manual operation days Independent of spindle bore some tool holders are inherently non repeatable with respect to height Examples include collets and d
154. der Z bottom of the Cylinder Y side of the Cylinder Y side of the Cylinder 8 9 1 1 2 1 A Axis Orientation Some machines are set up with the A Axis at the X typically the left end of the table and some are set up with the A Axis at the X typically the right end of the table Note that the graphic operations are show relative to the Y and Z axes The A Axis operations simply probe a cylinder that is mounted on the A Axis drive and they neither know nor care which end of the cylinder is driven by the A Axis All operations are specified relative to the Y Z axis directions The A Center operation will probe the cylinder at the X location the operation is started from Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 183 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The A Edge operation will do it s first A Center operation then move in the X direction to do to 2 operation 8 9 1 1 3 A Axis Edge Operation This operation measures and finds the center of a cylinder along the X axis and measures it s parallelism relative to the X axis An A Center operation is done to measure and locate the cylinder center Then the probe is moved in the X direction the distance specified in the Edge Width probing Op Parameters DRO at that location a second A Center operation is performed The results of the two operations are used to calculate the Y Delta and Z Delta of the cylinder from the X Axis direction The accu
155. ditor and show it to the user for editing The user makes changes and saves the code Mach takes the changes and puts them back into the currently loaded set file thereby modifying the set file contents 15 6 2 Indirect Button Code Starting with Mach3 3 43 x there is a new approach that Mach3 supports This is called Indirect button code With indirect button code the core code for a button no longer lives inside the set file All that is in the set file button control record is a line of script that points to where the actual code lives The core button code is stored in a separate disk file This is illustrated in the following figure ButtonName m1s Code for button Code for button expand lt scripts ButtonNan The expand redirects mach to look on disk for a a file with the code to use when the button is pressed O 2010 Calypso Ventures Inc MSM CalypsoVentures com The tools that enable this are the Mach3 pre processing expand statement The only code inside the set file is the expand statement When the button is pressed Mach looks at the button definition from the set file and runs it just as it always has and then Mach finds the expand which vectors Mach off to get the disk file contents which is what actually gets run as a result of the button press Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 259 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15
156. done normally If this button is OFF the first Z probe is not done Instead the Z level of the probe as of when the post operation was started is assumed to be the Z level of the top of the Post PLUS the ZClearance amount set in the probing parameter DROs Turning off First Z should be used with caution as it then becomes necessary to manually locate the probe tip in Z BEFORE starting the post probe operation to ensure the probe clears the post during the post center finding movements 8 8 2 2 2 Last Z When this button is ON the Last probe of the Post sequence will be to find the Z level of the top of the post at the post center The Z level found is normally used to set the Z Zero level for the post center point If this button is OFF the final Z level of the post top surface to find the Z of the center of the post will not be performed Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 180 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Turning off Last Z should be used with caution as the Z level for the post is NOT the Z level of the center of the post The Z level used to set Z Zero will be dependant on the setting of the First Z option either the Z level found by the First Z probe or the starting Z level of the Probe is First Z was Off 8 8 3 Pocket and Post Group Results The results of the Pocket and Post probe operations are shown in the lower portion of the Probing Op Parameters panel 0 0000 1 0205 0 0000
157. dow now shows the loaded G code The highlighted line is always the current G code block within the program i e the next block to be executed Mach has also plotted the tool path of the program and displayed it in the Tool Path window By default red lines are rapid moves blue lines are feed rate moves and purple lines are circular arcs The right side of the Window uses the scale and Green arrow to indicate tool tip height depth 3 1 2 11 1 G code Window and Mach3 Line Numbers There are two types of line numbers which can be displayed in the G code window The Figure below shows G code N line numbers The N line numbers are part of G code syntax and may or may not be present in a specific G code program they are optional There are also Mach3 G code line numbers Some error messages may refer to a Mach3 G code line number These line numbers can be toggled On Off by double clicking in the G code window Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 54 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The next figure shows the G code window for Happy Face with the Mach3 line numbers toggled on Figure 25 Mach3 G code Line Numbers 3 1 2 11 2 Tool Path Display Manipulation The tool path display can be manipulated to show areas of the path of interest to the operator e To rotate the Tool path display left click and drag the mouse cursor while holding down the mouse button e To pan the tool path display right click a
158. duced MSM arranges most integrated probing operations to satisfy this condition However if the probing operations are being used to make measurements from a part Probe Only is on this may not always be the situation Now consider this situation Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 192 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Cosine Error Mach thinks the probe touched here but it didn t Cosine Position Error Figure 145 Cosine Error If the probe finds a surface which is not oriented perpendicular to the direction of the probe movement an position error is introduced The amount of the error is a function of the cosine of the angle of the angle between the direction of the probe movement and the surface the object found 8 10 1 2 5 Misc Accuracy Considerations 8 10 1 2 5 1 Effects of a non Z centered Tip If the probe is not perfectly centered on the Z axis center line i e not adjusted perfectly there will be deltas between X and Y direction measurements Do not attempt to make the adjustment perfect you ll go nuts before that happens Just make the adjustment good enough for the work you are doing 8 10 1 2 5 2 Probe Shaft Length The amount of tip compensation calculated is dependent on probe shaft length A longer shaft will have more cosine error than a shorter shaft This is one reason it is best to use the shortest probe shaft possible for a given job Changi
159. e as it is used to derive probing depth and the distance to transverse when crossing from one side of the cylinder to the other If the hint value is too large a little extra time will be expended probing air The hint s primary purpose is to minimize overall probe time for the operation This probe operation should be started with the probe tip roughly over the center of the cylinder you want to probe you can start off center and it will not effect the results The probe will search Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 182 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 in Z to establish the first probe point on the cylinder The operation will then continue and look for two more probe points on the cylinder one on the Y and one on the Y side of the cylinder From these 3 touch points the operation determines the diameter and location in YZ of the cylinder at the X axis position where the probe operation was performed If Probe Only is off the Y and Z axes will be Zeroed to a point on the cylinder that is controlled by the YZ Zero Option graphic buttons The results of the probe operation will be shown in the result portion of the Probing Op Parameters panel 8 9 1 1 2 YZ Zero Option Graphic buttons If the Probe Only button is Off these buttons control where the YZ zero point is set Figure 137 YZ Zero Option Graphic Buttons The choices are e The center of the Cylinder Z top of the Cylin
160. e 214 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 2 Set X and Y and Z WC Offsets using whatever probing operation you like The corner probe operations are convenient because they will find all three sides of a rectangular book and set the X Y Z zero point to the corner That s it you are all done setting up the WC zero for the part The part zero is set up and you are ready to run your g code program Convincing yourself that MSM knows what it is doing OK now let s verify that the magic all works If you want to know HOW or WHY the magic works see section 9 in the manual Mount a different tool P Il assume T1 as many programs start with T1 you have already set up any needed info in the tool table right like the tool diameter MSM can t measure tool diameters as part of a TC MDI T1M6 the machine will move to the TCP ask you to mount T1 and then measure it using the TCP TP as part of the tool change sequence The Tool TLO will be set by the TC process and TLO compensation will be on as the TLO is non zero and Mach turns on TLO auto magically actually auto incorrectly but that is a different topic I need not muddy these waters with Verify that TLO is ON if NOT figure out what went wrong OK we have T1 mounted and measured and TLO compensation is active Let s see if we believe what the machine has done Jog the tool over above the part stock Jog down slowly to bring the tip of the tool near to
161. e M6 scripts will can cause a tool crash so we don t do it The experimental M1706 macro uses some information saved by the MSM M start script M6Start stores the tool position at the start of the TC sequence By including a call to M1706 in a CAM post we can avoid making bad assumptions in the M6 scripts yet still maybe have a way to get the new tool tip located at the same WC point as the prior tool tip after the G Code has applied TLO This is probably not a fool proof scheme hence the request for comments from testers The idea is that M1706 would be used as follows 1 MSM M start stores the current WC position at the start of a tool change sequence This enables use of an M Code to tell mach to return to the saved position after the tool change is done and G Code has applied or not applied a TLO for the new tool 2 A Cam Post can be made to output T M6 this mounts a new tool G43 H G Code now tells control about TLO M1706 This causes motion to put the tool tip at the saved WC position M1706 uses information stored by MSM s M6 scripts to access the TC WC position as of the start of the Prior TC M1706 is named to remind one of M06 M1706 currently is coded to assume it is entered from the TCP and that TCP is at the top of Z travel thus itcan do XY movement first then Z Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 276 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures
162. e PC to which some hardware configuration changes are being made e g a motherboard change The safest approach to making system hardware changes is to deactivate the MSM installation before making the changes and then reactivate the installation with the new PC hardware configuration Should you run into a situation where a PC hardware failure prevents deactivation of an MSM installation please contact CVI support for assistance in recovering the license activation Note that the flip side of the decision to treat de installation and deactivation independently is that if you first uninstall MachStdMill without first doing a deactivation and then later want to move the installation to another PC you will need to reinstall MachStdMill on the prior PC in order to do the installation deactivation process As moving licenses between machines is much less frequent than doing a software update on a running MachStdMill installation it was felt that this was the preferred trade off 16 1 5 Viewing License Information The License Info button on the reference page may be used to display additional license information User Manual als f install amp Config T Ueer Forum f Script Language f Release Notes License Info M Activation FMach3 Script Calls Version 1 0 1 f GEM Quick Ref f License Terms Personal Edition Undates thru 7 5 2011 mecima DAVID BAGBY CVI TEST LISC Figure 199 License Info Button Here
163. e a measurement made via a probe operation 8 10 1 2 1 Centering the probe tip The probe tip needs to be concentric with the spindle axis Most probes have some adjustment for this it s important to get the probe adjusted to the center line of the Z axis The MachStdMill probing logic really only knows where the theoretical spindle axis is in X and Y and it assumes that the probe tip is centered around that axis Consider a probe shaft that is offset in X Y but still parallel to Z this would introduce an error dependent on the offset of the shaft and hence the probe tip location Mach has no internal facilities to deal with this type of error in a G31 result Most probes have adjustments at 120 degrees apart because internally they use 3 radial contact points Centering the probe tip is done by tilting the probe shaft axis until the center of the spherical tip is aligned on the spindle axis This tends to be a rather tedious process of adjusting while measuring run out with a dial indicator 8 10 1 2 2 Probe Mounting Once the probe is adjusted to be concentric with the Z axis before you remove it from the spindle mark the probe and spindle so that you can put the probe tool back into the spindle with at the same relative rotation each time you mount the probe tool or the probe adjustment has to be redone each time you mount the probe 8 10 1 2 3 Probe Travel Errors When the probe is used it has some inherent errors due to the
164. e and Valley Probe Results 8 8 Pocket and Post Probing Operation Group This Probing Operation Group supports measuring and finding the center of rectangular and circular pockets and extrusions posts Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 177 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 1 0000 A Diameter Hint 1 0000 ef 1 0000 First Z NN fe Last Z Ee eme Probe MasterT pe Probe Only Calibration Active Mode 8 8 1 Pocket and Post Action Graphic Buttons 8 8 1 1 Probe Z This operation is the same that described in the Edge Finding group It is also included in this group for convenience 8 8 1 2 Rectangular Post Center Probe Operation This operation measures and finds the center of a Rectangular post along the X and Y axes 8 8 1 2 1 X Y Hint DROs The X Hint and Y Hint DROs are input parameters specific to this operation Simply set the hints to the approximate corresponding widths of the rectangular post being probed There is no need for the hints to be precise If the hint value is too large a little extra time will be expended probing air This probe operation should be started with the probe tip roughly over the center of the post you want to probe The probe will search in Z to establish an initial Z height and the he probe will lift above this height by Z Clearance A Ridge probe operation will be performed in both the X and Y directions and probe tip will be positioned over the cent
165. e corresponding axis as long as the key is depressed The Jogging speed is set by the DRO to the right of the Cont Jog Mode button The speed is entered into the DRO as a of the rapid speed You can also increase or decrease the jogging speed by pressing the or buttons 2 2 3 5 2 1 Fast Jog indication The will be orange when fast jogging is selected a shift key is active To fast jog press shift a jog key or arrow 2 2 3 5 3 Step Jogging In Step Jogging mode the selected axis will be moved a fixed amount each time a jog key is pressed The amount of movement is entered in the DRO to the right of the Step Jog mode button Mach also allows the configuration of a set of jog steps in the Mach menu Config General Config dialog box 2 2 3 5 4 Cycle Incr Button The Cycle Increment button is multi functional 1 In Continuous Jogging Mode it will increment the Jog speed by a fixed amount The Jog Speed is cycled modulo 100 This button can be used to quickly adjust the jog speed through its range The amount of the increment is controlled by a configuration setting on the Settings Common page 2 In Step Jogging mode the button will cycle thru the pre specified step values each time the button is pressed 2 2 3 5 5 MPG Jogging Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 43 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MPG jogging is selected by the MPG button When MPG jogging m
166. e signal interface This will not work when using the two signal interface See section 6 1 3 for more information Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 84 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 4 3 1 4 MasterT Mode LED This LED indicates that Master Tool Mode is active Master Tool Mode is described later in the manual 4 3 1 5 WC Z Zero Setting For Z Zero setting the tool s length will be accounted for if TLO is active when the Set Z Zero button is used 4 3 1 5 1 Gage Block Height The gage block height used is the value configured for the G Blk height on the Settings common page 4 3 2 Current Tool Information Panel This panel provides geometry information for the current tool the current tool is always used for the touch off operations 4 3 3 Work Coordinate Selection Panel This panel shows the current offset name of the offset that will be altered by a touch off operation It also allows selection of a different offset by changing the current offset to the one desired G59 Edit Load Save SaveAs Report Figure 53 Work Coordinate Selection Panel Direct buttons are provided for G54 G59 these are the most commonly used coordinate systems Other coordinate offset sets may also be used and are selected via G code entered in the MDI panel or by a G code program The panel also provides buttons to edit load save and create a report of the current Work Coordinate offset table
167. e was XYZ then that would be C Mach3 Macros X VAN The user script files which are run if present are ProfileM6StartUserScript ProfileM6EndserScript Templates are not provided for these scripts If the scripts are present in the profile macro directory they are run ProfileM6StartUserScript is run before any of MSM s M6 handling code ProfileM6EndserScript is run after all of MSM s M6 handling code is completed Note that user extension scripts for M6Start and M6End should be used very carefully as they could easily break the MSM tool change sequence processing These hooks are not needed by 99 9 of MSM users DO NOT use these hooks to implement automatic tool changer actions use M6ATC for that 15 9 1 1 4 Pre AutoTLO Measurement MachStdMill supports a run time hook when performing TLO measurements with the TCP TP The user script is called just before the TLO measurement is performed An example use of this hook is to trigger an air blast of the TCP TP to clear it of swarf or coolant Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 270 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 If the user supplied script is present it will be invoked as part of the AutoTLO or manual TLO measurement sequence No source modification of the M6 macro set is required to enable this A template for the user script is installed by MachStdMill The template script documents the interface conditions for the user script Please see the
168. eaded arrow you can perform a down and over valley probe This has the convenience of finding the top surface and then setting the probe tip to an appropriate probe depth below the Z surface before doing the valley probing operation 8 7 1 2 Y Direction Valley Probe This operation measures and finds the center of a valley along the Y axis Note that the measurement direction is perpendicular to the visual direction of the valley i e a Y measurement is used for valleys which run in the X direction These probe operations simply probe the span in the direction indicated by the arrow at whatever Z level the probe is at when the operation is invoked By clicking on the green shaded ovals associated with a double headed arrow you can perform a down and over valley probe This has the convenience of finding the top surface and then Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 174 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 setting the probe tip to an appropriate probe depth below the Z surface before doing the valley probing operation 8 7 1 3 X Direction Ridge Probe This operation measures and finds the center of a Ridge along the X axis Note that the measurement direction is perpendicular to the visual direction of the Ridge i e a X measurement is used for ridges which runs in the Y direction 8 7 1 3 1 X Hint DRO The X Hint DRO is an input parameter specific to this operation Simply set the hint
169. ed Rate OverRide FRO LED This LED indicates when the Feed rate has been overridden 3 1 7 2 6 Elapsed RUN Time ET DRO This DRO provides the current elapsed run time of the program 3 1 7 3 Current Coordinates DRO Panel 3 1 7 3 1 Coordinate DROs These DROs display the current coordinate of the tool path These DROs are multi modal the values displayed can be either Work Coordinates the default or Machine Coordinates 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Figure 38 Current Coordinates Panel 3 1 7 3 2 Machine Coordinate System DRO Display Selection Button This button selects the display of either Work Coordinates or Machine coordinates At this point the program is rewound ready to go and the run page should look like this Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 68 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 _ Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagby x Fie Config Function Cfg s View Wizards EE Plugin Control Help cear Hist YO top edge Z0 top face ools T1 0 375 2 flute EM CUTTER DIAM IN D01 T2 0 250 2 flute EM diamin D02 0 G90 XO YO ZO rapid mode abs mode qoto 0 0 0 oe TC TLO Regen Follow Bounds T Path Maca 0 3359 Reset Dwell e 0 5459 Sgi Block Inhibited Rewind ESAI leant A SRO FRO o 0 3844 ME SI AA e mom000 o oO CH Mil gt G15 GO G53 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 oad WC Orset Tooling Run US EXE
170. eer lode Reset i 0 0000 0 0000 xXx VY ZW 00 v Sy S M 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Mil gt G15 G1 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 Load WC Offset Tooling Run User Exts Settings Hardware Reference Figure 18 Load Page on start up Many of the controls on the Load page have already been covered in section 2 2 Let s look at the additional controls on the Load page 3 1 2 1 G code Window amp G code Filename The left hand side of the page shows a G code window which displays the loaded G code Just below that is a Text display area which provides the name of the loaded G code file Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 48 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 No File Loaded Figure 19 G code Window and Filename Since no G code is yet loaded the G code window is blank when Mach starts up 3 1 2 2 G code Button Panel To the right of the G code window is a panel with action buttons to load or create G code files The buttons in this panel are 3 1 2 3 Load Button This button opens a file dialog box and allows you to select and load a G code file 3 1 2 4 Recent Button This Button opens a dialog box that displays a list of the most recent G code files loaded into Mach 3 1 2 5 Edit Button When G code is already loaded into Mach this button sends the Loaded G code to the configured G code editor The G code editor can be used to make G code changes When the editor is closed
171. eg thei ice egeastnebedeetictsece rinda dd 112 Tool Change EE 114 Mosta TE EE 114 Current Tool amp TC Panel During V3 Tool Change oococnnocccnoncccnoncnonnnnconnncnonancnnnnnanonns 115 Current Tool Panel at end Of TCO osiensa dia Eed SEENEN 116 Next Tool Rame ona ee yest tes 116 Tool Ee EEN 117 Tool Edit Diallo teei e a A E E E 118 Current Positiony Pane RA EET See ee 121 Tool Chance Position Panel iodo ira 122 set TEO Panel A AA A A da A A 122 Using a Gage Block to set a tools TLO it ita 123 RES EE EE 125 Using a Mobile TP to touch for TLO siii ad diodes 126 TC Options amp Master Tool Mode Panel 126 SIE 128 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 16 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 95 Simple Touch Plate ps ops ii ti cias 129 Figure 96 Touch plate serving as Gage Block soii tds 130 Figure 97 TCP Touch Plate Example gt ugeaeseeatder Sea gEE ge ea eae eee 130 Figure 98 TCP TP being used to measure Drill Bit TLO a a 131 Figure 99 Jumper test results for probe input ns A eae 139 Figure 100 Probe test results of probe input line 0 0 eee eesseceececeeeeeceeneeceeeeeceeeeeceseeeeeneeeesaes 139 Fig re 101 6340 Crt LE EE 140 igure 102 Switeh JUmpe ienn deenen 140 Figure 103 Composite Opto Input and Probe S wlan 141 Ergure 104 Typical Probe with LED ccssar E aeris ES Set ans 142 Figure 105 Addition of Pull Up Resistor geess EE 143 Figure 106 TC Options amp Master Tool Mode Panel ooonoc
172. en without knowledge at G code programming time of the actual length of the tools used by the program at run time When a G code program is setup to run on a machine it is necessary to tell the machine the length of the tools in use at program run time Doing this is called setting Tool Length Offsets TLO There are several TLO setting techniques in common use 5 2 3 Off Machine Tool Length Setting 5 2 3 1 Preset Tool Length Note The tool holders are just shown at various example heights the positions of the holders left right on the page are arbitrary 2 Diagrams have been drawn to be similar in style to figures in Peter Smid s book CNC Programming Handbook The reader may find Smid s book useful as an additional information source Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 94 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 A common TLO technique is to pre measure the physical length of the tools before bringing the tools to the machine to be used Preset Tool Length Offsets See TL Offsets will be positive values aa Figure 60 Preset TLOs Tools are measured off the machine and the lengths are entered into the machine control before the program is run This approach requires that the machine support tool holders which provide a repeatable tool length when the tool is mounted in the spindle If the act of mounting the tool changes the physical length of the tool the
173. enZThenA 3 Const ZThenX YThenA 4 Do ode K kk ke K K od ode K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K ade K K the line below is the line to change to set the default movement sequence for GotoZero by default this script is set to use the same motion that the Mach API call GotoZs v3 OEM code 1017 does MoveMode GotoZs EEE EEES K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K TORO K K 15 9 2 2 G Code Utility Button Mach includes wizards which are useful for generating G Code for common operations However the are also windows programs which are in common use with Mach Two poplar examples of such programs are D2NC and SheetCAM MSM has a button on the load page G Code Utility This button causes MSM to invoke a user supplied script The User script can then customize that script to invoke any program they want A template script is supplied with MSM called MSMUserRunGCodeUtility_Template The template can be found in lt mach install dir gt ScreenSetMacros lt screen set name gt Templates where lt screen set name gt is either MachStdMill set for mill mode or MachStdMillLAthe LSet for turn mode operations The supplied template can be copied and renamed to mill mode Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 272 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 lt mach install dir gt ScreenSetMacros MachStdMill set Custom Scripts MSMUserRunGCodeUtility Which is the script that the G Code Utility button will run
174. ense Information ek 284 Proxy data storage location dialog sessseeessseesseessensseeeseeessstesseesseresseesseeesseeesseesseese 285 PROXY Activation PAU iodo 285 Prozy Activation File Sisiane deene 286 Proxy Activation Utility Setup Files ooooonnccnnnnnccnnnccononnconnnaconoracononanonnnocnonanoronanonos 287 Proxy Utility Start Men emisario iodo ii ada 288 Proxy U tility Browse WIN eege 288 Proxy Utility Activation Example di 289 SUCCESS EE EE 290 ProxyActivationResponse File siccisscccadesayenevensccusstandeatcussncacsasccveasasessdea sonateestseceonneees 290 Proxy Activation PAUSE ee ee 291 Browse for Activation Response Pl dd dde 291 MachStdMill User Manual Figure 191 Figure 192 Figure 193 Figure 194 Figure 195 Figure 196 Figure 197 Figure 198 Figure 199 Figure 200 Figure 201 Figure 202 Figure 203 Figure 204 Figure 205 Figure 206 Figure 207 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Revision 2 15 Proxy Deactivation Confirmation Dnalog ceeeeseesseceseceseeeeeeeeseecnaeeneeneeeeeneees 292 Installation Deactivated Confirmation ccceesscceescecesececeeaceceencecceeeeeceseeeeseeeeenaeees 292 Browsing for the ProxyDeactivation Die 293 Prox Deactivation A E EERS 294 Deactivation COM Man rial OM ieoi o a e a aaa ee et 294 CVI Support Web Pagina iaa 297 Customer Service TO DIT EE 298 Upsr des amp Updates OPUS iS 299 LEA nic Baton A a ASEPTE 300 License Information Dilo
175. er Probing Accuracy Consideratons ccoo cnn nennnos 190 8 10 T 2 1 Centering the probe Pi A td a A A AA 190 A A Probe SA i ss NEEN NEE dE deed Care 190 A lo e A EE 190 SLO Cosme LO 192 8 10 1 2 5 Misc Accuracy Considerations iii id 193 8 11 Tutorial Getting started with probing oococnnocccnonccconnccnnonnnononcnononcnnnnnccnnnnccnnnncnonnncnnnnos 194 SUL Check Probe Mp we Tne a a ta 194 8 11 1 1 Probing anid Signal MOS eni ia 195 8 11 2 Set the geometry for the probe tool s8 ccc ceccnccnissccuasctivesdeadsavecsagdedeceeassneoeatanesdeennsles 197 8 11 3 Test simple XY direction probes icsicissesccesssciessscecedsassevactesaccnessseoesanesensadeateovcavesens 197 SALE e KE direction Oe soe A a eos eees 198 8 11 5 The First XY Probing Operations vi oui te ee ee Nee 198 8 11 6 The First Z Probing Operation esore niosoicn cosita sotsestevsyentisncveasach secaaasadandeanseea east esa 199 8 11 7 Down and Over Operations tia ee eege 199 Sls A Comer Probe Operator ed anton 199 811 9 Edge EE 199 8 11 10 Circular Pocket Center Probing ias 199 8 11 11 Checking for noise sensitivity verja nadadora diria dorso cati n 200 8 11 12 Dial FECA rate E E 200 8 11 13 Set TLO forthe probe EE 200 9 Advanced Tool Handling Master Tool Mode AAA 201 9 1 Master Tool Mod EE 201 9 1 1 Master Tool Mode SetZ0 EES geed 201 9 1 2 Master Tool Mode Touch Off TLO Si 204 9 1 3 Master Tool Mode Advantages viii id i 206 9 1 4 Master Tool Mode Tool Set TLO
176. er of the post If Probe Only is off the X Y and Z axes will be Zeroed to the center top of the post The results of the probe operation will be shown in the result portion of the Probing Op Parameters panel Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 178 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 8 8 1 3 Rectangular Pocket Center Probe Operation This Operation will find the center of a rectangular pocket The operations is performed at whatever height the probe is at when the operation is started The size of the pocket to be probed is limited by the Max X Y Distance parameter At the end of the operation the X Y axes will be zeroed to the center of the pocket if Probe only is off Note that the probing logic assumes that the pocket is rectangular and aligned with the X Y axes If the pocket is not rectangular or is skewed to the axes the results will be inaccurate There is also a down and over version of the operation available in the graphic panel 8 8 1 4 Circular Post Center Probe Operation This operation measures and finds the center of a cylinder circular post along the X and Y axes 8 8 1 4 1 Diameter Hint DRO The Diameter Hint DRO is an input parameter specific to this operation Simply set the hint to the approximate diameter of the cylinder end being probed There is no need for the hints to be precise If the hint value is too large a little extra time will be expended probing air
177. eration is useful when two surfaces used to align a rotary axis may not be part of a singe contiguous surface This allows the operator to jog around fixture obstructions which might be in the way Note that when doing a two part operation that the results from the first operation are assumed by the second operation If any other probing operations are done in between part land part 2 the part 2 operation will refuse to execute to prevent generating erroneous results 8 9 2 1 5 B Axis Results Panel This is the Probing results area for the B Axis Group 0 0000 4 8142 0 0000 0 2987 3 5498 1 0123 ProbingOp Probing Error fProbe Op Reset XIY Rotd Figure 141 A Axis Probing Results Note that each operation in the group only updates the applicable DROs 8 10 Probe Calibration and Accuracy 8 10 1 Probe Calibration To get accurate probing results it is important to calibrate the effective probe tip diameter This section describes the probe tip calibration procedure For a description of the type of Probe Travel errors that the Probe Calibration procedure can compensate for as well as other accuracy considerations see section 8 10 1 2 3 8 10 1 1 Calibration Button For normal operation this button will be Off When the button is On a circular center probe operation hole or post will result in the probe tip total diameter being set to the effective probe tip diameter By probing a circular hole or post of a known si
178. es used to start stop and control the running of G code Programs 3 1 6 Run Page Now use the page navigation buttons at the bottom of the page to change to the Run page Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 61 MachStdMill User Manual Ki Macho UN 0 David bagb File Config Function Cfo s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Run Flood Mist Edit Inhibited Rewind Sol Block f Block Del Mi Stop Set Nxt Ln D Run Fm Here 100 1415 Radius Corr 0 0 FRO 100 XIY Rotd CY ES Teach Dwell a s Step Jogging MPG 0 0500 AMach3 G54 Reset rcye ner FZTnhibit 0 3750 00 01 d d EE SY S M Mill gt G15 G0 G53 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 moa Wernsen T Tooimg Run Regen Revision 2 15 15 Follow Bounds T Path T Disttepe Gate Zem Machine Coords Co 0 3359 TF 1 0000 Zero 0 5459 Ref 4 0000 Tm 0 3844 T 1 0000 m j 0 0000 7 10000 eg 3 Ueleg GO MUSEPEXES T Zettngs Hardware Reference Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 62 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 TAS CNC Controller Licensed To David Bagby File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator PlugIn Control Help Maximize to desktop D Run path Nothing to Feedhold Clear Hist Flood Mist CW Off CCW ee 4 Edit Inhibited Rewind FSgl Block FBlock Dei Mi Stop Set Nxt Ln
179. esents about 40usec of time 25kHz Mach 1 25KHz 40uSec the time quantum will be shorter for faster Mach kernel speeds A debounce of 40uSec 4000 160mSec That is a long time for a computer it s even pretty noticeable to a human At 4000 the probe signal has to be on for a minimum of 160ms before mach will see it and stop the probe motion Now consider how fast are you probing Let s just pick a number for illustration Say you are probing at 50 ipm with debounce set to 4000 during the debounce interval the probe will have moved 50 ipm 160msec 60 sec min 0 133 inches So the probe will travel 0 133 in past where the edge is before mach will think the probe is triggered and then it has to decelerate and stop Be careful to think about How much tip travel does the probe have 0 133 inches over travel could be hard on the probe depends on the probe design Same scenario with 200 debounce 50ipm 200 40usec 60 sec min 0 0067 inch over travel Personally I prefer to see a debounce of no more than a few hundred but the real answer is whatever combination works that makes the machine run reliably Play with the numbers and decide what you are comfortable with 8 11 2 Set the geometry for the probe tool Did you set the probe tool diameter to the probe s physical tip diameter As you just setting up the probe for the first time you may hot have a TLO for the probe tool set into the tool table That is OK
180. extra DROs The override sliders are available on the flyout page just as when using the 10x4 4 axis screens Anne 2 1 2 Separation amp Grouping of Functions The Cleaner less cluttered design goal lead MachStdMill to separate and then group functionality by screen page With MachStdMill e The G Code creating loading editing functions are separated from the running G code functions e Work Coordinate Offset fixture set up operations are separated from tooling management e Mach s logical I O signals are separated from hardware signaling o Abstract logical signals probe active are distinct from interface hardware dependant signals the logical probe signal is physically an active low signal TM on pin x of port y The MachStdMill page layout supports 8 main pages Four of the main pages are used for the core working pages of the screen set The additional pages are allocated to user expansion and the less frequently used configuration settings and reference information 2 1 2 1 Control Groupings The MachStdMill screen set is implemented via multiple pages which are accessed by page navigation buttons Within a page controls are grouped together into logical groupings which are denoted visually by panels Here is an example of a panel with multiple controls Flood Mist CW Off Edit Inhibited Rewind FSgl Block Block Del Mi Stop Set Nxt Ln O Run Fm Here
181. f about 1016x722 referred to as the 10x7 set e 1280x1024 screens o An active Mach window area of approximately 1208x946 which is referred to as the 12x9 set MachStdMill installs the 10x7 resolution set by default See the Settings Common section of the manual for information about how to change the actively running resolution This manual uses screen shots of the MachStdMill screen pages While The 10x7 and 12x9 modes may appear slightly visually different due to control spacing etc the controls are the same and perform identical functions in all supported resolutions Note Do not attempt to load a resolution greater than the physical resolution of the monitor If you do attempt to install the 12x9 screen on a 10x7 monitor the controls necessary to change back to the 10x7 screen may be off the viewable portion of the monitor A reinstall of MachStdMill will reset MachStdMill back to the 10x7 resolution the smaller resolution 10x7 set is the default for new installs 2 1 1 1 1 Four Five and Six Axis Support The User manual illustrations use the MachStdMill 4 axis screens MachStdMill also includes support for 5 and 6 Axis Mills The 6 Axis screens are only available in the 12x9 resolution due to the screen space required for the additional 2 axes Also the 6 axis 12x9 Run page removes the Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 33 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 FRO And SRO sliders to accommodate the
182. faceing coonocccnoncccnoncccnoncnonanannnns 134 6 2 Optional Hardware and Advanced Features ccesssecesssceceeeeceeneeceeceeceeeeecseeeeeeeeeee 137 6 2 1 Mobile LPs 137 6 2 2 WPT ich ISA il Bd ta Ry 137 6 2 2 1 TCP TP Setup and Calibration idos 137 6 2 3 lO MES SWUCHES ia A ii 137 6 2 4 3D Active ee 137 6 3 Interfacing Probes to Break Out Board s 0 sd 138 6 3 1 PODES WML e 138 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 7 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 8 6 3 2 Control Interface Problem yimpeGis ysis c sadsceesstei gedd See 138 ek Test Approach erns poko notes 138 6 3 2 2 Semi Technical Explanation vosisiissasecdissccsssisgesactacvackeessedencteaveraceesdecncehssacestehove 139 6 32 39 A e O aA E E RT 143 Advanced Tool Chanse Options isinsi va di teas oa ans E E E E 145 7 1 1 TC Options amp Master Tool Mode Panel 145 2 WED aa 145 7 1 3 TC amp Master Tool Mod Egeter ed 145 E A 145 TL32 TC Atto KEE 146 7 1 3 3 TC Auto TLO Automatic On Machine Tooling Measurementz 146 Pel cee TELOS PTE ENEE EE 146 Valea Skip RETOS ee 147 1133 Measure Tool Button serna ais 147 ZE Master Tool Mode srta dolio de cr iia 148 REST MEMO A SE aE Gls BO eth ah A 148 E M ster Tool Ee os octane cots eege deet eege e eege 148 7 1 4 TCP TP Configuration and Set Up egene da 150 74 TCP TP Installed Button iii a a i 150 Ek Rnd Dia DILO ege 150 LA Max Distance DR Ee 151 711 44 Set TCP TP MCZ Butt
183. for TLO via touch off is TLO MC_ZPos n WC_ZOffset GBH Equation 5 TLO Formula MachStdMill supports the use of Gage Blocks for touch off operations The gage Block height is entered on the Settings Common page as shown below Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 105 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 fF TLO G BIk is TP 6 0000 3 e 0 ee Figure 72 Gage Block Height Setting MachStdMill also allows you to specify that the Gage Block is a touch plate When the Gage Block is a touch plate MachStdMill can lower the tool until the TP triggers the Mach3 Probe input determine the TLO value of the tool and store the value in the tool table This automates much of the manual touch off TLO process For more information about Touch Plate usage to set TLOs see section 5 4 7 An alternative way to draw a picture with the same relationships is shown in below Equivalent Picture WC Z0 WC Z Offset 0 T1 TLO 8 0 Ban r Figure 73 TLO Equivalent Diagram Now that we have determined the TLO for the Tool what do we do with it TLOs are entered into the Mach tool table MachStdMill takes care of making the necessary tool table entries when using a touch or probing operation to set a TLO 2 This requires that the optional mobile Touch Plate be present on the machine Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 106 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 A word ab
184. g How do I find a particular master button script file To answer that we will take a short look at how the expand mechanism works Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 260 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 15 7 1 MachStdMill Master Scripts location MachStdMill installs the Master button scripts into lt mach install dir gt ScreenSetMacros MachStdMill set Masters A parallel directory structure is created if it does not exist already at install time for user customized scripts lt mach install dir gt ScreenSetMacros MachStdMill set Custom The recommended convention for customizing MachStdMill is to place only customized scripts into the Custom sub tree This convention creates an easy way to determine what scripts have been customized as all customized scripts will then be present within the Custom sub tree 15 7 2 Expand Expansion We will use the RefAllHome buttons as our example for this discussion If you use the mach menus to edit button script what mach will show you is a line that contains Expand lt Masters Scripts All RefAllHome gt Lets take this apart piece by piece to see that this line is doing This will be a simple example for full details and options for the syntax programmers are referred to the mach programmers ref manual installed with MachStdMill and available via a button on the MachStdMill reference page expand is the key word that tells m
185. gure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 Figure 78 Figure 79 Figure 80 Figure 81 Figure 82 Figure 83 Figure 84 Figure 85 Figure 86 Figure 87 Figure 88 Figure 89 Figure 90 Figure 91 Figure 92 Figure 93 Figure 94 WC Offsets Detail Panel EE 80 WC Offset Detail Panel Exception Condition eee eeeececssneeceeeceeseeeeceeeeesneeeeneeeenas 80 WC Touch Off Graphic Button Done 81 Eltre 82 Fixed Length Tool Z Touch OT hci A eh au 83 Z Zero from Dial Gage Touch Tool vi siscissisiacisnssaesvseas cana ege sagsannaa stan tausanetaseseacee 84 Work Coordinate Selection Parla dues eege deene du 85 MC 16 WG Kleren A 91 WS Ore E VE 92 WEZTO MEZ lit 92 Basic TLO Z Relationship 5 ssscisscgcaasseesd cavaraaeraetassindvcopeaarvarsdeasasasuata Ee NEES 93 KR E TEE 93 SEI RETOS MPSS SS 94 Preset TLOS eege EE 95 Setting TLO Zero to the Gage Line sei did iia 96 Tool Holder Gase LM E A A A E 97 End Mill TLO EE TE 98 Drill Bit Ee EE 98 Dial Gage Touch Tool TLO Measurement 99 E Eelere ee ee 100 Toolat TEP arei na O IN 101 TLO with WCOZ EE 102 PartZ 0 Z Vs d Yet Unkno White 103 DR TT 104 Using a Gage Block for Touch ege 105 Gage Block Herght Setting i ii 106 TEO Eg ivalent Di gram E 106 H Registers store TEO EE 107 Resetting Z Zero Instead Of TLO EE 108 Gage Plate Height Setume geesde Seed EENS 109 EE 110 ehre Ep ces EE 111 Current Tool Emmel s
186. h the MachStdMill versions Additionally the advanced programming interfaces for scripts can require that ancillary files be found in expected locations etc This location will be dependant on the screen set being run Unfortunately while Mach3 provides a menu facility to change the loaded screen set on the fly it does not support any facilities to dynamically manage other associated files when a screen set is changed Dynamic switching of screens sets may require that the user must have fairly intimate knowledge of the internal structure and interrelationship of many components and remember to manually change them when changing screen sets Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 247 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 It is far simpler to set up different profiles for different screen sets Therefore the recommended way to change screen sets is to simply load a different Mach3 profile 13 4 Old Mach habits to avoid 13 4 1 Wiping the Mach install directory In the early days of Mach history Mach was a simple program that was limited to files in the Mach3 installation directory As part of their Mach bug trouble shooting process Mach users sometimes delete the mach3 directory prior to reinstalling mach3 However the proper approach is to uninstall mach3 Deleting the Mach3 Directory is a practice that will cause you trouble with MachStdMill Because MSM is an extension to Mach3 it has to install files into the Mach3 ins
187. h3 CNC Licensed To David Bagby F 3 PN pn 8 len File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Probing Clear Hist 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 100 30 0 5 0000 4 0000 0 0500 0 0000 0 0000 47 1493 0 0000 1 0780 l Probing Op Probing Error Probe Op Reset Probe Only Jogging Cont 250 MPG Step 0 0500 Cyce Incr Mach3 Reset 65 655 xX Y 7 W 1000 V sv S M rere mr RN e es em Mil gt G15 GO G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 mad WC Offset Tooling Rin MUSEPERS Settings BECIE Reference Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 304 MachStdMill User Manual Figure 205 6 Axis WC Offset Probing page File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Jogging ZZ mr step CCW Flood Mist CW Off SA 4 Edit Inhibited Rewind Sar Block Block Del Set Nxt Ln M1 Stop O Run Fm Here 4 TC mg 1 150 1 0 SRO 100 5 0 Radius Corr FRO 4100 0 0 FRO RRO CV ES G54 Dwell XIY Rotd 0 000 FToad MET Close Cont 250 0 0500 FCycTner AS Mach 1 0000 Reset 1000 V SV S M 00 00 SA Zero Ze Ga Ga Zero Zero Clear Hist Revis
188. hat the MSM Personal Edition supports b Con i You keep doing work for the control instead of having the control work for you 2 Adda single TCP TP to the system a Pro i This gets you the ability to measure Tools as part of a tool change 1 This is probably the most desired ability expressed by the beginning intermediate Mach user 2 You can now handle mixed RH and NRH holders ii IPs cheap The cost is a couple of dollars for a piece of PCB and some wire iii One TP input maps to the one Mach probe input an does not require electronics to interface both a probe and TP at the same time b Recommended TLO technique i Master Tool Mode c Con i You need the Professional Edition of MSM to get Probing operation support Once you are using MSM Pro you are all set since the control support for both the TCP TP and MTM is built in 3 Adda mobile TP for use with the TCP TP a Pro i This lets you stop using gage blocks and manual touch operations ii Still cheap The 2 TP may cost you nothing the first piece of PCB you bought for the TCP TP probably has enough left over to make the Mobile TP iii Two Touch Plates can be interfaced easily to the single mach probe input as they are wired in parallel b Recommended TLO technique i Master Tool Mode 4 Add an active 3d probe a Pro i You suddenly gain all the MSM probing abilities This will make your job setup effort immensely easier b Con i
189. he of adjustment A percentage may also be entered directly into the FRO DRO For the 10x7 resolution the Slider is accessed via the Fly out page refer to section 10 1 For the 12x9 resolution the Slider is present on both the full run page and the Fly out 3 1 8 3 4 RRO LED Whenever the Rapid rate is not set to 100 this LED will be on to indicate that a Rapid Rate Override condition exists 3 1 8 3 5 Dwell LED This LED will be on whenever Mach is executing a dwell period 3 1 8 3 6 X Y Rotd LED amp DRO This LED will be on whenever the current coordinate system is rotated to an angle other than 0 degrees The coordinate rotation amount is shown in the corresponding DRO 3 1 8 3 7 CV amp ES Buttons These action buttons select either Mach s Constant Velocity CV or Exact Stop ES mode They also indicate which mode is active The two modes are mutually exclusive selecting one will turn the other one off 3 1 8 3 8 WC DRO This DRO shows the current work coordinate system 3 1 8 3 9 Z Inhibit Group See section 10 1 4 for a description of these controls 3 1 8 3 10 ETDRO This DRO shows the total elapsed running time of the current G code program 3 1 8 3 11 Teach Button This button activates the Mach3 teach facility When this button is activated G code commands and movements are recorded and captured in file When the button is deactivated capture stops and the file is closed The captured command
190. he additional controls in the Tool Path button panel 3 1 2 10 Referencing the Axes When a machine is first turned on it has no way to know where the spindle is It learns this by performing a reference operation A common first operation after start up is to reference the axes so that the spindle is in a known location During a reference operation the machine moves each Axis until the Home switches are activated Once the home position for each axis is found the machine knows where the spindle is within the Machine Coordinate system along that axis and Mach3 then considers that axis to be referenced Axis labels visually indicate the state of an Axis If an axis is disabled it s label will be grey this makes the label blend into the background and makes it easier to visually skip disabled axes when glancing at the screen Enabled axis labels will be either yellow or green Upon start up you will note that the enabled axes labels are yellow in color This indicates that the axes are not referenced and therefore Mach does not know the absolute position of the spindle along that axis The following figure shows the Load page current coordinate position panel before any axes have been referenced 0 0000 0 0000 0_0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Figure 21 Axes not referenced The referencing operation is usually done when the machine is started and an action button is pro
191. he tool table diameters are used to offset the cutter s path This touch off technique is common in industry where will tool holders are inherently RH Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 123 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 NOTE This TLO touch off technique measures and stores the TLO values for the tool before the G Code program is started Consequently this technique assumes that your tools are mounted in Repeatable Height RH tool holders If you do not have RH holders the TLO values measured will not be the correct when a NRH holder is remounted during the run of the G Code program What do you do when you do not have RH holders If you do not have RH holders you have to determine the TLO for a tool after the G Code program calls for the tool and the tool is mounted but before the newly mounted tool is used by the program There are two ways to do this e You can mount the tool when the program calls for it then use the above steps to set the TLO for the tool manually as part of you tool change steps To be able to do this you have to place the gage block on the part reference surface as part of each tool change This can be problematic if the program has cut away the reference surface e To avoid the problems which can arise from the use of non RH holders and the reference surface being cut away during the program run MachStdMill has the ability to measure a Tool s TLO automatically as part of a tool
192. ide Panel This panel contains controls for adjusting Over Riding the G code programmed spindle speed The S Word DRO sets the spindle RPM The O Ride DRO and the vertical slider control can both be used to manually adjust the spindle RPM from the S Word value The slider can be dragged up down to adjust the RPM and the DRO will show the of adjustment A percentage may also be entered directly into the O Ride DRO The Reset button will cancel all O Ride values by resetting the override to 100 The spin RPM DRO shows the actual RPM of the spindle 10 1 6 2 Feed Rate Override Panel This panel contains controls for adjusting Over Riding the G code programmed cutting feed rate The F Word DRO sets the feed rate The O Ride DRO and the vertical slider control can both be used to manually adjust the feed rate from the F Word value The slider can be dragged up down to adjust the rate and the DRO will show the of adjustment A percentage may also be entered directly into the O Ride DRO The Mach feature requires that the Index signal be appropriately configured and connected to a spindle index signal source Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 223 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The Reset button will cancel all O Ride values by resetting the override to 100 The Feed DRO shows the actual Feed rate of the tool 10 1 7 Rapid Rate Panel Th
193. ignal interface the Timing input signal must NOT BE enabled in the ports amp pins dialog e The two signal interface will be used whenever the Timing input signal is enabled in the ports amp pins settings Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 131 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 e IMPORTANT NOTE When making a change to Mach s Ports amp Pins settings Mach will make the change for the current session but Mach will not write the change to the Mach profile until Mach is closed For various technical reasons it is vital that you close Mach to force the Ports amp Pins changes to get written into the XML profile file MSM will not see the Ports amp Pins configuration change until this is done You can get very frustrated by making pin changes that MSM can not see because they have not been written to the XML profile yet 6 1 3 1 One Signal Interface It is possible via a simple circuit to connect all three devices to a single digitizing input pin simultaneously That pin is then logically connected to the Mach Probe Signal This is referred to as the one signal interface This interfacing approach has the advantage that it uses only 1 input pin and it enables the GUI to show the state of all input devices at all times This is achieved by utilizing some minimal electronics to combine multiple device inputs that are feed to the one input pin The hardware circuit requirement is that when multiple se
194. igure 184 Figure 185 Figure 186 Figure 187 Figure 188 Figure 189 Figure 190 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Revision 2 15 Probe Pre Germ Pont EROS See 191 Perpendicular Probe Move ii 192 Cosine BO as 193 Imperial Probing Tutorial Parameter Settings cnn ncnnnnnnnnnos 195 Metric Probing Tutorial Parameters 1 a ee ee 195 Master Tool Mode Button cisne idad 201 ME AUIS EE 202 MT to ching Part Z0 Bl A EE REESS 203 Before Set ZO Act Ons WA A AaS 203 After Set e 204 MT at WC ZO EE 205 MTM TELOS Relative EE 206 ME TLOStelatve to RN EE 209 PT MT and ALTO Option settings REENEN 213 el eg 222 USET EXS pasera ee EE 223 Settings Common Page iii dida die 226 S ttingss gt Spindle PACS O O su EE 231 Logical Signals Page rn las 232 Parallel Port Driver Diagnostics Page a indi 233 PP ng Tee Ee 234 PPZ Output Display ivi ins 234 Malti Retenes Par e e o o a 235 G code Q ick Reterence Pared 231 MC odes Quick Reference Eege 238 Mach V343 R APIS ta 250 ee 258 Editing Direct Button EE 258 Linking to a User Customized Script ooococcccconocononoccnoncnonnncnononcnonnnonononcnonnnncnnnnncnannnnns 260 Activation Methods Dialog s iiseie dsisevsstisecacsavesesssisesesdcasasadea SEENEN Ee 279 MachStdMill Licensing Dialog deg veer 279 Activation Meth ds Dialog Age E 280 Online Activation Dialog e ege2resteteruetegek d ninini kiaii eii il 281 SUC OSS SIU A 282 POR CA CHV ALON e EE 283 A A AE E E TE 283 Proxy Activation Lic
195. iles are expected to be found in lt mach install dir gt MachStdMill Set Files Custom MachStdMill customized set files can be edited from the Custom sub directory Either Screen4 or MachScreen may be used to edit the custom set files The author of MachStdMill highly recommends the use of MachScreen The MachStdMill package was developed using MachScreen 15 5 3 Loading a Set file with MachStdMill The Settings Common Load Screen button allows the user to both load and change the default set file that MachStdMill uses Since the Mater configurations are always available it is always possible to easily load a known good master configuration Doing this with MachScreen requires that you use MachScreen version 1 44 1 or later and that you set the User defined image path directory option in MachScreen to your lt mach install directory gt Bitmaps Earlier versions of MachScreen do not have the User defined image path directory option and so can not find images for set files that are not located in the lt mach install dir gt This results in missing image files messages To use earlier version of MachScreen a work around is to copy the set file to lt mach install dir gt edit from there and copy it back to the MachStdMill Set Files Custom directory after doing the customization Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 256 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 15 5 3 1 Bug Report Verification
196. ill show the updated license status 16 1 4 Uninstall Deactivation considerations MachStdMill treats Un installation of the MachStdMill software independently from Deactivating a specific MachStdMill Installation Each MachStdMill license permits active simultaneous use of MachStdMill on a specific number of computers Each time MachStdMill is Activated a MachStdMill Installation is created and the installation is bound to the machine that the installation was activated on Uninstalling the MachStdMill software does not automatically perform a MachStdMill Installation deactivation for the PC If deactivation were an automatic consequence of de installation it would become necessary to reactivate an installation after every installation update of the software Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 299 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 That would be inconvenient for software updates which do not require a de installation of MachStdMill as part of the update process Additionally these actions were kept independent in consideration of users who prefer offline operation of MachStdMill If you want to move an installation to a different PC you need to deactivate MachStdMill installations from the machine you are moving the license from this will allow you another installation with the license to use on the new PC The new PC may be completely different PC hardware or it may be the sam
197. iltering to 100 This is a nice starting number Later when all is well you can reduce this clear down to 0 if you have a very clean non noisy system If you see the probe touch a surface stop and then MSM say surface not found and then it goes back to the operation start point or if you see movement start and then stop without the probe touching a surface and then MSM says surface not found you probably have noise on your probe input line Try raising the mach debounce level to verify the problem is noise It may sound reasonable to assume that any noise on the probe input line will act just like the probe had actually touched a physical surface However this makes assumptions about how Mach implements probing which do not hold true The basic probing operation sequence 1 G31 starts mach starts moving machine 2 Probe input triggers mach records the position of the probe when it was triggered 3 Mach decelerates the probe and movement stops Note that the stopping position is not the trigger position The difference is overrun A bit of Overrun is expected and good as it keeps the probe in the triggered state 4 Mach returns from internal G31 execution to program that issued the G31 for the MSM probing operations this will be a return to the code in the MSM probing library 5 Script looks at probe signal input state a If probe is not active we ran out of distance w o triggering the probe b If p
198. information to from the user 2 1 3 3 1 Text Text information is conveyed to a user via a screen control called a label A label is a screen control which displays text to the user Here is an example of a Text label which displays the description of a tool in the tool table Probe Tool Edit All text label displays in MachStdMill have this visual appearance inset or appearing as if they are behind the panel they are in In general Mach V3 only supports text output from Mach to the User via labels Because of this MachStdMill places an edit button inside the label for text items which can be changed by the user Dialog boxes are used for handling user text input There is an exception to this general rule The Mach3 MDI control is special in that it handles user input as part of the control See description of the MDI control in section 2 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 Numeric Values Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 36 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Mach conveys numeric variable values to the user via the Screen Set Numeric Values are displayed by MachStdMill in screen controls which are referred to as DROs Digital Read Outs DROs are used for both input and output of numeric values 2 1 3 3 2 1 Output Only Values User Read Only Some numeric values are not settable by the user these are displayed in Read Only RO DROs For the V3 version of MachStdMill a RO DRO is indicated by the
199. ing edges As a gage block is not typically used with a dial gage touch tool the gage block height will normally be set to 0 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 83 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 52 Z Zero from Dial Gage Touch Tool The dial gage touch tool is lowered to the part until the dial gage reads zero This make the physical length of the dial gage tool the same as when it s TLO was measured See section 5 2 3 1 1 1 When the touch tool s dial is reading zero click the Set Z Zero blue arrow to set the zero height The TLO used is taken from the tool table geometry for the current tool Therefore it is important that the TLO for the tool has been accurately entered into the tool table before doing this operation 4 3 1 2 X Y No Radius Offset Button This button controls whether the Offset is set from the edge of the current tool or from the center of the current tool Off The diameter of the current tool is used in the offset set calculation On The offset is set to the position of the center of the current tool tool diameter is ignored 4 3 1 3 T Plate Active LED This LED indicates when the touch plate is active If you are using a mobile touch plate as your gage block you can touch the plate to the tool and see this LED activate This is commonly done to verify operation of the touch plate before using it in a probing operation 2 This is ONLY true if using the on
200. ing is a screen shot from a simple one line G code program with an error 12 This is not unique to MachStdMill but is a characteristic of Mach v3 The same potential for problems exists when using other Mach3 v3 screen sets MachStdMill decided not to prohibit operations with un referenced axes as it was felt that this would impose too large a change from current Mach3 behavior Instead MachStdMill indicates that the axes are unreferenced 15 Machines without configured home switches can be referenced manually to an arbitrary machine coordinate position by moving to the desired machine coordinate reference point and then pressing REF ALL Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 52 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 i Mach CNC Licensed To David Bagby l 5 File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Unclosed comment found Block ONE LINE COMMENT ERROR Clear Hist Recent Edit ONE LINE COMMENT ERROR paa Close last Wizard Pick Wizard FG Code Utility C Mach3 GCode One line comment tap FRewind Regen Follow Bounds TPath Sim 0 00 00 00 Jogging Cont ug TT d ent Current Pc hax Extent MPG Step age rcyeTer co 000 mn 0 0000 9999 0000 jeer 100 Reset ___ 9999 0000 pm 9999 0000 dia Mac 9999 0000 0 0000 9999 0000 9999 0000 0 0000 9999 0000 Mil gt G15 G1 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 f pan PERES PERS a EAE Ratt Lo
201. int A dialog box is presented to allow the user to specify the mid point for the move 10 3 2 Settings Spindle This page contains configurations settings specific to the spindle types supported by Mach3 mill Te Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagb lea File Config Function Che View Wizards Operator PlugIn Control Help Clear Hist T Gommon Spindles f Tangential Control Laser On f Enable THC 5 0000 0 0000 Torch Voltage T Zero Laser Grid MUSEPEXIS Settings Pariwara FReference Figure 160 Settings Spindle Page 10 3 3 Rotating Spindle Pulley Panel This panel allows you to set the current in use pulley number and the minimum and maximum RPM for the pulley 10 3 4 Tangential Knife Control Panel This panel provides control of Mach3 s tangential knife spindle features The Tangential control button tells Mach3 whether to use the tangential knife control logic The Life angle DRO specifies the lift angle to use The Lift Z specifies the amount of Z lift to use Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 231 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 10 3 5 Laser Settings Panel This panel provides control of Mach3 s laser spindle features The Laser On button turns the Laser On Off 10 3 6 Plasma Settings Panel This panel provides control of Mach3 s Plasma spindle features The Enable THC button turns Torch Height Control On Off The Torch Voltage button
202. ion Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 124 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The maximum distance to probe for the TP is set on the Settings Common page 5 4 7 2 1 Tutorial Setting TLOs via touch off to a mobile touch plate Since we will be using a Touch plate in place of the Gage block to touch off tools to set their TLO values before using the mobile touch plate you have to configure MachStdMill to know that the gage block in really a touch plate The controls for this are on the settings common page and are documented in section 10 3 1 7 as part for the Probing Control Group Internally the use of a touch plate is really a probing operation The TLO G BIk controls are show here FTLO G Bik is TP 10 0000 0 0600 0 Figure 91 TLO G Blk Controls Turning on the TLO G BLk is TP button will let you use a mobile TP as a gage block When this option is active clicking the SET TLO TP button on the tooling page will cause the tool tip to be lowered to the mobile touch plate which you have positioned on the part reference surface instead of the Gage Block When the plate is touched the TLO value will automatically be determined and entered into the tool table The results are exactly the same as the manual touch off process described in section 5 4 7 1 1 the only difference is that the machine automates the actual touch off action After placing the mobile touch plate on the part in pl
203. ion 2 15 Regen Follow Bounds T Path Foto zero Machine Coords 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 1 0000 1 0000 1 0000 1 0000 1 0000 1 0000 1 SoftLimits REA AAA e Mil gt G15 G0 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 mod me Orset mTooling Run FUSSrEXtS MESS T Harduwsre FRetference Figure 206 6 Axis Run page Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 305 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Fite Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator PlugIn Control Help Path Se Se ee eee Medal Block Jahibited PREV Regen Folow Bounds T Path E 0 0000 DL E TE mo 0 0000 MPG MStep 0 0500 TCvciner Ee 0 0000 A Feed Dwell xX 7 W 1000 V vs M ERORO em Ir 00 00 y 0 0000 Mill gt G15 GO G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 road WC Offset ooling Run User Exts Settings Hardware R f rence Figure 207 6 Axis Run Path page Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 306
204. ion Upgrade 302 KEE 303 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 14 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Table of Figures Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Mach3 Simple Block Diari iia 21 Trial Mode dica rancia 26 Trial Period ro A e do 26 Professional Edition Probing Page ssci csccsivsvasserevedacaescacdedghavsssssdensteesasaueadesdecdeoastenesbecaed 27 MachStdMill Personal Edition Indication 2 00 0 ce eseceeneeceseeceeececeeceeceeeeeeeseeecsteeeenaeees 28 MachStdMill Professional Edition Indication oocoonnncccnoncccnoncnononcnononcnononanonnnccnnnnaconnnncnns 28 standard Window Controls ad 38 Main Page Navigation Buttons miii ie nacida 38 User Extensions Page nar EA ainia 39 reel A ee E 39 EE E RE lays i 40 Mach Reset button Reset State geesde Eege amare 41 Mach Reset Button NOT Reset State enorme dea ssavestatscventarvavace 41 MDL Input Control TEE a da 41 MDI Input OME OVC Seca ac a ears cata sac 42 G cod Mode Statuses EEE a E EEE RE A EE ERAN modes 42 Wop cine Controls EE 43 L ad Pa g on AAA 48 Figure 19 G code Window and Filenames geess ea ie eee ee eee 49 Figure 20 Tool Path Window and Buttons cities 50 Figure 21 Axes not referenced EE 51 Figure 22 Axes Referenced EE 52 Figure 23 4G code error on EE 53 Figu
205. ion and the WCOz is not changed usually the WCOz value 0 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 201 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 In MTM the SetZO process is different The WC Z offset is set to a non zero value which is a function of the Physical Tool Length PTL of the Master Tool MT Successful use of MTM requires that the operator has set the PTL of the MT by measuring the MT PTL before using MTM to SetZ0 Master Tool MC ZO Gage Line IN o E o a MC ZO LA In MTM the Master Tool Physical MT PTL ki length is known el It is input by the Operator on H the Tooling Page kl LA LA Part Z0 Figure 149 MT at MC Z0 The SetZ0 process starts as it has before with the MT at MC ZO The MT is then lowered until the MT tip is touching PartZO Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 202 MachStdMill User Manual Master Tool Touching Part ZO Gage Line oto ee Sia MC ZO 3 MC 2Z 59 LA L4 MT PTL el LA LA ta Gage Block LA Height 0 1 L4 p Part Z0 Figure 150 MT touching Part Z0 via G BIk The next two figures illustrate the effects of the MTM SetZ0 action EE MC ZO a MC Z 5 9 Lt In Master Tool mode The master Gi tool is touched off to Part ZO MT PTL LA In MTM mode the SetZ0 action will set the LA WC Offset Touch off value LA Li WCO MC _ZPos n WC ZOffset GBH Gage Block
206. ires in 62 Days Clear Hist Flood Mist CUA m Edit Inhibited Rewind Sgl Block Block Del M1 Stop Set Nxt Ln D Run Fm Here 2 TC iTLO 0 0 1 nits inches RP ol Spo 100 Material size 4 0 x 4 0 x 0 5 6061 T6 Al r J e Program zero XO Left edge 50 Radius Corr a Regen MrFollow Bounds T Path YO top edge SS rocks T1 0 575 Hule EN CUTTER DIAM BE FRO y o RRO T Dettepe Gate Zem Machine Coords T2 0 250 2 flute EM diamin D02 a Je E Program preamble Zero 10 OD0O00 Gi 17 G20 G40 G49 G50 G80 XY plane inch co a Le 60 G90 xo YO Zo Co EH o 1 0000 0 G90 G54 X0 YO goto 0 0 in G54 coordina SS 0210 Teach Close LE 0 0000 Ret len va va mani Cue OAemAN Jogging Cont CES em _ MPG FsStep 0 0500 FCycTncr 1 0000 0 0000 ret xX VY ZW tooo ST N 00 01 0 0000 Re des ve Sn OR Mill gt G15 GO G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 Load MNC Ofset Tooling Run User ERS Settings Hardware Reference Figure 34 Happy Face 12x9 Run page On the Run page we see the same code we just changed the page view of the currently loaded G code file but the G code and Tool path displays are smaller in size The smaller control size is necessary to make space on the page for the various controls which are used to control Mach3 s execution of a running G code program While there are many controls on this page there are only 3 panels that we have not looked at previously e
207. is panel allows you to limit the rapid movement rate of the machine Normally the limit is set to 100 this corresponds to the maximum velocity for the motion The maximum Rapid rate can be adjusted graphically with the slider control The buttons set the rapid rate to the present values of 100 75 50 and 25 of the maximum rate 10 1 8 G code Run Pause Stop Panel This panel provides access to the Run Pause and Stop G code buttons 10 1 9 Current Mach3 Loaded Profile This label area displays the name of the currently loaded Mach3 profile 10 2 User Exts MachStdMill provides this page as an easy place for users to place their own Mach3 extensions and customizations The User Exts page is shown below Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 224 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagby OH Fie Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator PlugIn Control Help Jogging Cont P gt MPG Step 0 0500 Cyc ner Mach Reset vvse NM Mill gt G15 G0 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 FWCOftset mron Rn UserExts F S tings Hardware Figure 158 User Exts page This page already has all the common controls present on the Load WC Offsets Tooling and Run pages The rest of the page is left blank for user s to utilize 10 3 Settings Pages 10 3 1 Settings Common This page contains the majority of the MachStdMill configuration settings Cop
208. ision 2 15 E HiddenScript Mach3 VB Scipt Editor File Edit Run Debug BreakPoints S gt Ha eo M EE expand lt Masters Scripts All RefAllHome gt See those new E and E icons in the editor Click the E icon This will cause the editor to recursively expand the loaded script and show the results of the expansion operation You should now be seeing this Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 264 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 E HiddenScript Mach VB Scipt Editor File Edit Run Debug BreakPoints 5 gt dilb gt eo M E E Expand Start of fezpand lt Masters Scripts All RefAllHome gt Option Explicit xxxxx DO NOT remove or change the expand line or the included file content erre MachStdMI11 license terms REQUIRE that the copyright and License terms remain a part of this source file Expand Start of Expand lt Masters Headers CopyRightAndLicenseNotice gt Ht Copyright 2009 2010 Calypso Ventures Inc All Rights Reserved This Source file is part of the MachStdMill software For terms and conditions of use by End Users refer to the MachStdMI11 End User License Agreement documen Expand End of Expand lt Masters Headers CopyRightAndLicenseNotice gt Ht CHIHIRO JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE SE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE SE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE JE
209. isplay coordinate information about the tool tip location The information displayed is controlled by the Machine Coords and Dist to Go buttons When both buttons are off the DROs display the current position of the tool in the current Work Coordinate system 3 1 8 2 2 1 Machine Coords Button When this button is on the DRO will display position in machine coordinate system 3 1 8 2 2 2 Dist To Go Button When this button is on the DRO will display distance to go in the current WC system This is the distance the tool has to move to get to the next G code destination location 3 1 8 2 3 Reference buttons 3 1 8 2 3 1 Ref Button These action buttons initiate a reference operation for the corresponding axis 3 1 8 2 3 2 Ref All Button This action button initiates a sequenced reference operation for all axes 3 1 8 2 4 Soft Limits Button This button toggles On Off the Mach3 Soft Limits checking feature Refer to the Install amp Config manual for more information about how to configure this feature 3 1 8 2 5 Axis scale DROs and LEDs Each Axis can be independently scaled A scale factor of 1 0 means the axis movements are not being scaled The DROs are used to enter the desired scaling factor for the corresponding axis If the scale factor is not equal to 1 0 the corresponding axis scale LED will be activated to inform the operator that a scaling factor is active 3 1 8 3 Misc G code status and control panel
210. ke changes to Mach s internal tool table permanent you have to save the table This panel provides buttons which let the operator save the tool table 5 4 4 1 Mach Tool Table Actions 5 4 4 1 1 Save Mach TT The save button does the same operation that Mach3 has traditionally done it saves the memory tool table to a Mach3 internal use only disk file 5 4 4 1 2 Edit This button brings up the Tool Information edit dialog which is used to set dimensions and attributes for a tool Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 117 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MM Please Enter Edit Tool Parameters Tool Description Probe Tool Tool Attributes Empty Tool Holder Type RH Repeatable Holder Don t measure TLO during TC C NRH Non Repeatable Holder Measure TLO during TC Tool Length Gemometry Setup Units Length Offset 0 506860 Wear 0 000000 PTL 4 414500 Tool Diameter Gemometry Tool Units Inch C mm Diameter 0 157000 Wear 0 000000 Figure 86 Tool Edit Dialog 5 4 4 1 2 1_ Tool Description This field displays the current text description of the tool The description may be edited by clicking in the description field 5 4 4 1 2 2 Tool Attributes This section shows the current tool attributes 5 4 4 1 2 2 1 Empty Tool When checked this indicates that the Tool number entry for the table is for an Empty Tool Empty tools will display values for other fields b
211. l If you are reading this manual you probably have already installed the software It is best to have MachStdMill installed before reading the manual so that the screen set package can be used while following the examples within the manual Installing MachStdMill is accomplished by running the MachStdMill installer The MachStdMill README file contains the latest instructions to install the software and should be considered the latest source for installation instructions Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 24 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 1 4 1 Best Visual Appearance While MachStdMill will happily run with whatever combinations of Mach settings you use we do recommended settings for a couple of the Mach General config options To see the designed MachStdMill appearance in the Mach General config dialog box accessible from the Mach menu bar set Auto Screen Enlarge Off Boxed DROs and Graphics Off Hi res screens Off 1 4 1 1 Windows Task Bar If you are running MSM with a 1204x768 resolution monitor the MSM screens will entirely fill all of the monitor as the screen pages are designed to be 1024x768 This means that to see all of the screens you need to set the windows task bar to auto hide when using a 1024x768 monitor Otherwise the task bar will cover part of the mach window Since the default position for the task bar is at the bottom of the screen though it can be docked at any
212. l Edition The MachStdMill Personal Edition provides support for the core Mach3 functionality and is made available using the MachStdMill user interface Both of the MachStdMill supported screen set resolutions are included in the Personal Edition The MachStdMill 2 axis X amp Z Lathe operations available with the Personal Edition are documented in the MachStdMill Lathe User Manual A MachStdMill Personal Edition license is indicated in the upper right hand corner of each page as shown here Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 27 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 5 MachStdMill Personal Edition Indication A Personal Edition installation marks the Professional edition buttons just as they are marked during the trial period so that the operator will know that the button functions are unavailable Professional Edition functionality is not activated with a Personal Edition license 1 5 2 2 Professional Edition The MachStdMill Professional Edition includes all the features of the Personal Edition In addition the Professional Edition also provides enhanced functionality not otherwise available with Mach3 V3 Key Professional Edition features include e Integrated Probing amp Touch Plate Operations e X amp Y faces e Z Surface e Corner finding e Vertical Edge and AS B Axis alignment measurement e Pocket amp post center finding e Tool amp WCO Tables e Load SaveAs Report e Advanced modes e Measure TLO
213. l User Manual Revision 2 15 A probe operation can be done either with a Probe tool or a regular tool can be probed to a touch Plate Using a touch plate for a Z probe operation requires that the G BIk is TP option be On The use of the inclusion of the gage block height value in the calculation for where to set the Z Zero point depends on the settings of the Settings Common G BIk is TP button and the current tool when the operation is started The combinations are given below G Blk is TP Probe Tool Mounted Off On No An Error if Probe Tool is not mounted G BIk Height used G BLk Height NOT used Yes G BLk Height NOT used G BLk Height NOT used Table 1 G Blk Height vs Options amp Tool type The case of probe tool mounted and G BLk is TP On is handled specially In this situation the mounted probe tool is used to perform the Z probe operation and the G BLk height is NOT used This means that you never want to use a G BIk between the probe tool tip and a Z surface you are probing for as the presence of the G BIk will present a false Z surface for the probe tool to find you will end up setting ZO to the top of the G BIk TP instead of the top of the surface the G BIk TP is sitting on This special case handling allows you to use a probe tool to find Zero surfaces and to use a G Blk or Mobile Touch plate to set TLO values to a common reference surface This typically happens if the machine
214. l User Manual Revision 2 15 Now do some manual tool changes and recheck some more by now you should get a feel for what the expected steps are and how Tool changes will work during a program run Note Each time the MT is remounted it can have a different PTL This does not cause us problems as the only time the MT is used to set levels is after the MT has been mounted and measured In MTM the other tools all get their TLOs set to values relative to the PTL of the master Having the master PTL change it is in an NRH holder is OK here as we are always measuring EVRY tool for every tool change Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 220 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 10 MachStdMill Configuration Hardware and Reference Pages Previous sections have covered the MachStdMill pages used to load setup and execute G code programs This section covers the remaining pages the MachStdMill User Extension page MachStdMill Configuration Hardware specific pages and Diagnostic facilities 10 1 Fly out Mach3 provides a facility for a fly out page The fly out page appearance is toggled by the Tab key The MachStdMill fly out page contains controls which the operator might want to access independent of the current screen set page Most of the controls present on the fly out page have already been explained in previous sections The fly out controls not yet covered are described below Copyright 2009 2015 C
215. lack of a DRO inner green outline Here is an example of a RO DRO 1 0782 2 1 3 3 2 2 Input Output Values User Read Write MachStdMill shows numeric values which can be set by the user with read write RW DROs Here is an example of a RW DRO which displays a coordinate value 0 0000 DROs which can be set by the user have a green edge highlight to indicate that they are R W MachStdMill labels DROs with inset panel text to identify the value being displayed Clicking on the DRO value will select and highlight the value enabling the value to be changed 0 0000 The Enter key sets the DRO value when you are done editing it 2 2 Exploring Common Controls 2 2 1 Standard Windows Controls Since Mach3 is a windows program the main Mach3 window has the standard Windows controls In Mach3 V3 a DRO is a data type in the scripting interface Mach3 V3 does not natively implement the concept of a RO DRO Any DRO can be selected by the operator and a value entered However for RO DROs those which do not take an input value from the operator Mach will overwrite the value entered by the user Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 37 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Mech CNC Controller fe File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Lee e BEE az Figure 7 Standard Window Controls This figure shows the default windows controls 2 2 2 Page Navigation
216. les based on screen set name With the introduction of MachStdMill you should no longer consider profiles and screen sets to be independent items that can be mixed and matched Attempting to load different non MachStdMill family screen sets while running a MachStdMill profile will probably get you in trouble You will likely end up with mismatched M code macros and buttons scripts This results in bad things happening at run time MachStdMill can not take care of this for you as older Mach3 V3 screen sets have no concept of which copies are the correct Macros for this screen set If you want to run different screen sets create different profiles to do so 15 4 Key Mach Application Programming Interfaces APIs There are two key Mach3 programming features which the MachStdMill implementation makes extensive use of This section is not intended to be a tutorial on how to program using these features The features are introduced so that the reader may see generally how they are used by MachStdMill Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 253 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 For those interested in more detailed information see the Mach3 V3 Programmer Reference manual 15 4 1 RunScript RunScript is an API which allows a script to call another script which is in a file on disk Prior to RunScript the only container available to hold code that you wanted to call at run time from multiple pl
217. lockwise CCW direction 3 1 8 1 3 Run Options Group 3 1 8 1 3 1 Edit This button opens the currently loaded G code program with the G code editor 3 1 8 1 3 2 Inhibited LED See Section 3 1 7 1 3 3 1 8 1 3 3 Rewind See Section 3 1 7 1 1 3 1 8 1 3 4 Single Block See section 3 1 7 1 2 3 1 8 1 3 5 Block Del This button activates the Block Delete option When Block Delete is active G code blocks preceded by a forward slash are not executed 3 1 8 1 3 6 M1 Stop This button activates the M1 Stop option When M1 Stop is active G code execution will stop when an M1 is encountered 3 1 8 1 3 7 Set Next Line This action button sets the next line of the G code to execute The next line number to execute is set via the corresponding DRO in the panel 3 1 8 1 3 8 Run From Here This action button sets the next block to execute The next block is the one shown in the highlighted line of the G code window 3 1 8 2 Current Coordinates Panel 3 1 8 2 1 Axis zero actions 3 1 8 2 1 1 Goto Zero This action button moves the spindle to the current work coordinate system origin 3 1 8 2 1 2 Zero These action buttons set the zero point for the corresponding axis to the current position of the axis 3 1 8 2 2 Multimode DROs 15 To be more precise this could have been called Set Next Block Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 73 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The DROs in the panel d
218. may reuse this Installation on another PC MachStdMil will now shut down so that you may load a different profile Figure 192 Installation Deactivated Confirmation The MachStdMill Installation is now deactivated This completes the installation computer part of the deactivation process be sure to compete the proxy part of the process also 16 1 2 4 2 2 Proxy PC phase 2 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 292 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 At the Proxy computer start the Proxy Utility and browse to the ProxyDeactivation file Note that you may need to change the file type filter in the dialog from ProxyActivation to ProxyDeactivation to see the file Browse to ProxyActivation file Thumb Drive F Files of type ProxyDeactivation v Cancel Figure 193 Browsing for the ProxyDeactivation file The proxy Utility will load the file and show you the information for the Deactivation Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 293 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 ll MachStdMill Proxy Activation Utility v1 0 License ID SE Password PO Installation ID CBYSA 3JODLB VTYYB JW6GL BYSKM 2Z reen Deactivate the installation Operation Result Figure 194 Proxy Deactivation Example Click Deactivate the installation to remove the installation from the license server ll MachStdMill Proxy Activation Utility v1 0 License ID PO Password PO Installation
219. measure RH tool holders when they are mounted 5 1 3 Auto Tool Changer models There are two primary physical hardware tool changer models in use in the industry 5 1 3 1 Fixed Tool Selection model In this model whatever T function number is used in the program will be the tool number selected and mounted during the tool change This fixed 1 1 mapping between T and physical Tool is used by humans putting tools in a machine one w o a tool changer other than the human It is also the model used by simple Tool changers where the T Tool changer pocket 5 1 3 2 Mapped Tool Number Selection Model In this tool changer model a mapping function is assumed between the T function number and the tool changer pocket number Le the changer implements a table which maps Tool to Changer pocket and a request for T3 may cause pocket 7 to rotate into the ready position This tool change model requires the ability to register tool numbers to pocket numbers with the CNC control in order to set up the mapping table 5 1 3 3 MachStdMill Auto Tool Change Model support Mach3 V3 implicitly uses the Fixed Tool Selection model The model matches well with the Mill Router with human tool change accessory approach A human is a reasonably we hope intelligent tool changer If any mapping is needed between the T function number and the storage location of the tool tool drawer chest number MachStdMill assumes that this is handled external to
220. measured off line value will no longer match the mounted length of the tool A requirement is that the tools must be measured relative to the Machine s gage line the off line measuring setup must provide this capability This is simple with a fixture and the use of RH holders but more problematic with the use of NRH tool holders consider a tool in an R8 collet the tool length can t really be measured off the machine as the length will change when the draw bar tightens the tool in the collet Note that when using this technique the TLO values entered into Mach are positive values MachStdMill and Mach3 support this TLO technique by providing a screen page where TLOs can be entered for your tools the Tooling page 5 2 3 1 1 Measuring a Tool Off Line The following pictures provide an example of measuring TLOs off line Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 95 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 When making off line TLO measurements it is important that the TLO distance be relative to the machine s gage line This is often accomplished by making measurements relative to a special fixture Gage Line Surface Figure 61 Setting TLO Zero to the Gage Line The picture shows setting the height gage zero to the top of the measurement fixture This makes the TLO measurement relative to the machine gage line the top of the fixture is also the bottom of the holder which is in turn the part of the holder which
221. ment and evaluation releases from hanging around and becoming ongoing support issues 1 6 MachStdMill Installation The installation process of MachStdMill is covered in the README file Installation is the process of placing the MachStdMill files onto a PC which has Mach3 already installed Please note that Installation is not the same as Activation 1 7 MachStdMill Online Proxy Activation vs Operation Before reading further the reader should be aware that Activation and Operation are also two different topics 1 7 1 Activation Activation is the process by which a trial installation is converted into a licensed installation or a deactivated installation is restored to licensed service after a move from one PC to another or after changes to a system s hardware configuration have performed on a deactivated installation s PC Activation or deactivation requires interaction with the 24 7 online license service This interaction can either be direct Online activation or indirect via another PC Proxy Activation These processes are detailed in section 16 1 7 1 1 Online Activation amp Deactivation With online activation the PC with the installation being activated communicates over the net directly to the license service This is the quickest most convenient method for activation typically a 5 10 second fully automated process Use of Online activation does require that the installation P
222. ments refer to this as the digitize input signal we are referring to signal 22 in Mach3 V3 Because this manual is end user oriented the term Probe is used to refer to this input signal Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 128 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 6 1 2 Touch Off Plate A touch plate is simple conductive plate either fixed or moveable that is connected to the Probe input These are commonly made from a piece of Printed Circuit Board PCB material The top surface is wired to the digitizing input When a conductive tool touches the plate surface the circuit is closed thru the Spindle machine frame and Mach3 then knows the plate has been touched by the tool The following picture shows a simple digitizing plate made from PCB material Figure 95 Simple Touch Plate MachStdMill understands how to use two distinct touch plates One touch plate can be used in place of a gage block This touch plate is sometimes referred to as mobile as it is positioned by the operator where a gage block would be used This touch plate is enabled via the TLO G BIk is TP button on the Settings Common page Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 129 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 96 Touch plate serving as Gage Block MachStdMill also knows how to use a second touch plate that is assumed to be semi permanently mounted below the Tool Change Position This tou
223. message Area Message History Mach Status Ticker Figure 11 Mach Message Displays 2 2 3 1 1 Error Message display This text area is used by Mach to display multiple messages Some examples include e G code Comments as a G code program is executed e Error messages from Mach e Strings passed to the Scripting Message function 2 2 3 1 2 Status Display This area is used by Mach3 to display error messages which are not displayed in the Error Message display The Status display is a scrolling ticker so that messages longer than the status display s width can be seen 2 2 3 1 3 Display history buttons 2 2 3 1 3 1 Clear History Button This button will clear the last current message from the error message display line and return the line to a blank condition 2 2 3 1 3 2 View History Button This button will open the Mach3 log file of error messages and display the log file using the non G code editor For information about how to configure or change the default non G code editor see section 10 3 1 This control provides a convenient way to view the history log including messages which may have gone by too fast to read 2 2 3 2 Mach Reset Button The Mach3 Reset button is an important control as it indicates to the Operator whether Mach is ready i e is Reset to control the machine This control also indicates indirectly the state of the Mach E Stop input signal if E Stop is active Mach cannot enter the Reset state Ma
224. mly within this circular area MachStdMill does this by moving to a random point within the circle before doing the measurement probe After the measurement the spindle is returned to the TCP location If you do not want this feature to be active set the Rnd Diam DRO to 0 and the exact TCP XY position will always be used Note When using this feature the spindle may be moved form the TCP XY position by up to the DRO value 2 i e the DRO radius value in any XY direction If you have set up the TCP TP to Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 150 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 be at the extreme limits of the machine s travel a common choice as it minimizes work area used by the TCP TP the TCP TP location must be set so that it is far enough away from the travel limits that a measurement operation will not activate a limit switch 7 1 4 3 Max Distance DRO This specifies the maximum Z probing distance to use when using the TCP TP This needs to be large enough to allow the shortest tool to reach the TCP TP for measurement 7 1 4 4 Set TCP TP MCz Button This button invokes the TCP TP set up sequence The setup process is described below Any Tool Touching TCP TP TCP TP Top Position Calculation Gage Line oe eee eee oe ee eee eee TCP TP Bottom MC_ZPos n PTL GBH 3 MC ZPos n TCP TP Top aot Figure 111 Calculating TCP TP Top Position BEES The figure
225. mmon Controls 0 eeccceescecesneecesnceceeeeeceeceeceeneecsueeecsueeeenueeeeneeeeaas 33 2 1 1 Mistal Consi stene E 33 2 1 1 1 MachStdMill Screen Set Resolutions sssesessseeesseeesseesseessessseresseessseessresseessee 33 2 1 1 1 1 Four Five and Six Axis SUPPO Esad 33 2 1 2 Separation amp Grouping of Functions s ssseesssseesseesseesseesseesseeesstesseressensseesseeeeseee 34 GH EN eu e 34 2 1 3 Basic MachStdMill Control dretter deed AAA 35 SLL Buttong dd 35 PAS AGU Action Eeer Ee A Een Ee 35 232 State ES E 35 eh reene 35 21 33 Information DisplaS cutis 36 233A TER EE 36 PA A eege eege 36 22 EXplorme Common Controls e 37 2 2 1 Standard Windows Controls cs s cccstesssssesessnccsiancveeinvcvavetsusssvecaseesedeaspesaccesndcecenteceaes 37 22 2 Page Navigation Buttons amp Tobes 38 2 2 2 1 Work setup atid G code Execution E 39 2222 RENE EE 39 2 2 2 3 Machine Configuration and Reference Dages 39 222A SUD RE 39 2 2 3 Common Controls Work setup and G code Execution Pages oooonoocccconcccnoncccnnnnnos 39 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 3 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 2 231 Mach Message DIS EE 39 Seck Ertor Message Cas Pl Eug ee EE 40 22 DA 2 Status DISPIAY EE 40 22 S125 Display History DUDAS NS EE 40 Dedede Mach Reset EIER 40 2d de MODE e 41 2 234 G EOdE e CEET 42 Dre EECHER 42 E DA JOG Ci OMI OU E 43 DDD Sod SSOMUIDWOUS Te 43 Ze DD MEP JOSSING eerste eege diia
226. nd drag the mouse cursor while holding down the mouse button e To zoom the tool path display shift then left click and drag the mouse cursor while holding down the mouse button e Double clicking the tool path will reset the display to the initial state To return the tool path the initial display press the Regen action button This will regenerate the tool path Now notice the Coordinates panel While loading the G code Mach3 also scanned all the movement in the program and determined the minimum and maximum extents of the program for each axis You can use these values to check whether the program is going to try to move beyond the working envelope of your machine Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 55 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 3 1 2 12 Simulating the code We now have a pretty good initial idea of what the program will do when run but how long will it take to run the program Click the Sim for simulation button under the tool path display Mach will make a pass thru the program and using the configured values for rapid and feed rate moves will estimate the time the program will take to run The result is shown in the DRO next to the Sim button One should realize that the simulation result is only an estimate The actual run time will be dependant external events such as the time taken for tool changes d i Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagby CH File Config Function Cfg s Vie
227. nd naming conventions used for the MachStdMill files makes the identification of master files easy NEVER EVER attempt to directly modify a MachStdMill Master file Master files WILL BE OVERWRITTEN by a MachStdMill install Any changes made to a master file will only exist at best until the next MachStdMill install Master files are updated by the installer and any modified files in a master directory are discarded and replaced with current versions When MachStdMill installs it creates several self consistent all master file MachStdMill configurations The master configurations can be used as a basis for user customization Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 251 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 15 2 1 2 User Customized Files To customize MachStdMill the general process is to make a copy of a Master file place it in a location provided for user modified files customize it as desired and then teach MachStdMill to use the user customized configuration The details of how to accomplish this are described in this chapter A MachStdMill installation will never modify a file in the Custom directories This separation of Master files and configurations and user modified custom files and configurations is intended to a Make sure that there is always an unmodified working version of MachStdMill available and b Cleanly separate user modifications from as shipped master configurations 15
228. ne operator The MachStdMill package is an example of the latter 15 1 MachStdMill and Mach3 3 43 x MachStdMill is the first Mach3 extension package which makes extensive use of new Mach3 interfaces first introduced in Mach3 v3 43 6 The position of these interfaces is illustrated in the figure below Mach 3 Block Diagram Mach3 V3 43 x new interfaces User Interface Screen I Ms O marae Mach User File storage kernel G Code Loaded Tod Interpreter Tool Table Tables Basic Script Interpreter Loaded D E ma eos WCO Brains engine WCO Table Tables i Hardware Interfaces E ra PP driver Device Plug in ong Lee Control Hardware Figure 168 Mach3 V3 43 x APIs The use of these new interfaces are key to the extensibility and maintainability of the MachStdMill package As a result the internal structure of MachStdMill is significantly different from prior screen sets Many of the techniques used to modify older technology screens sets those designed for the interfaces available before Mach3 3 43 x will not be directly applicable for customizing MachStdMill Unthinking use of older folklore techniques will likely cause trouble and frustration Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 250 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 It s wise to gain an understanding of how some
229. ng software routines Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 133 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 exchange the hardware complexity is reduced to attaching a send wire to a second terminal on a break out board With the one signal interface MSM uses the Mach Probe input signal and assumes that all probe event input devices drive the single input pin and hence the single probe input signal In contrast with the two signal interface the probe device is interfaced to a pin that is logically connected to the mach probe signal and the touch plates are interfaced to a oe pin and an alternate mach signal This removes the need for the external interface electronics at the cost of using one additional physical input pin amp one more input signal into Mach When configuring the two signal interface the probe and touch plates are wired to different pins of the break out board e The Probe tool must be connected to the mach Probe input pin and the Probe signal must be enabled in ports amp pins The other Probe signal pin attributes active high low etc may be configured as needed for the probe device being used on this pin e The Touch plate s must be connected to the pin for the mach Timing signal The other Timing signal pin attributes active high low etc may be configured as needed for the device s being used on this pin There are some restrictions that must be followed in order to use this two signal
230. ng the shaft will require realignment of the probe tip and recalibration 8 10 1 2 5 3 Spindle Run Out The Z axis spindle itself may have some run out in it This can affect measurements To minimize this always position the spindle to the same rotation position whenever you mount the probe 8 10 1 2 5 4 Cosine Error is a Function of Travel Direction The probe is not a symmetric device with respect to the direction of travel Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 193 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The amount of tip shaft tilt that occurs before it opens the internal contacts is a function of what direction the probe is moving then the tip touches 8 10 1 2 5 5 Circularity Calibration Assumptions Is the object being measured perfectly circular If not the calibration calculations will be off 8 11 Tutorial Getting started with probing This how to get started section was created in response to the various questions from people trying probing for the first time The following are some simple sequential steps to try when first experimenting with probing and MSM FIRST RTFM read the fine manual since you are reading this section you are on the right track Things usually go much smoother if you have first read the prior probing sections These steps use many of the probing operations detailed in section 8 The MSM probing routines are internally built in a layered fashion and they are implemented in the
231. nits Indica e monte A awe Genes 116 5 4 3 Tool Table Information Browse Panel 117 5 4 4 Tool Table Data Edit and Storage Buttons 000 00 cece ceeeeeceeneeeeeececeeeeeceeeeeenteeeesaes 117 5 4 4 1 Mach Tool Table Actions cccssccsjisssssscssicisesesasegsacsvcnndentasdcsasends soaetesstoanveabedaataeest 117 DAA Save Ma ch EE 117 SN Ds EE 117 5 4 4 2 Enhanced Tool Table Actions ccccccseccsssececestcesesnsseesscesssecesssseesnsnesentacess 119 SAA 2A Ta HEET 120 EE EE RE 120 DAD EE 120 5 4 5 Current Positi n Panel osu eege dee ege 121 K EN MeCoOrd E aa 121 DAS EE 121 5 433 Return POS EE 121 5 4 6 TE Position Pan l iii idas iio 121 5 461 TE PO D DROS os 122 5 402 GO Eege 122 DAG A O E eae 122 5 4 7 TEC Setting PAN EE EE 122 SAT E MO AAA A ea ae aaa ted 122 5 4 7 1 1 Tutorial Setting TLOs via touch off to a gage block on part ee 122 5 4 7 1 2 Tutorial Using a tool with known TLO to touch and set Z Zero 124 5 412 Set TP TLO DEE 124 5 4 7 2 1 Tutorial Setting TLOs via touch off to a mobile touch plate 125 5 4 8 TC Options amp Master Tool Mode Panel 126 D Optional Hardware Support ccci scscssssesscavsvaseedsnes dE SEENEN N E NENNEN Ad 128 6 1 Probe Sig tial TEE deiere EE 128 6 1 1 e POD A A E A T 128 6 1 2 E 129 6 1 3 Both later ap Probe ssia ia ds ii 131 6 L 3 L One Signal merendar 132 61 32 Two signal EE 133 6 1 3 2 1 Technical Notes about Two Signal Inter
232. nsors are present any one of the sensors must cause a probe trigger event without requiring a sensor cable swap The technical technique for doing this is to connect the sensors such that they form a active low wired or connection This can easily be done by using two or more active low devices and wire or ing them to the Probe input and then setting up Mach3 for active low signal operation on the Probe input While many active probes are active high they are a normally closed circuit an inversion of the signal will convert it to active low i Consider the logic of C A and B if either A is false 0 or B is false 0 the result C is also False 0 This is logically the same as notC notA OR notB See De Morgan s law for those interested in more Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 132 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Sample NC probe and NO Touch plate wire Or circuit O Machine Gnd Frame S Ma Active LOW Probe Input Signal ta O e SN7ALS06N Part 1 O Requires Pull Up Resister to Probe Jack 5V at BOB Input terminal ee Normally Cees Optional Digitize Input Signal Indicator Shorting jack used so probe can be unplugged when not in use Resister Value to suit LED used Tip 5v assumed s check your probe polarity 4 Qs LED on when Probe or TP activated KM oa Ka J cn 1 D 4 SN74LS06N Part3 SN74LSO6N Part
233. nt issue wrt prior screen sets This update propagation has the advantage that future updates of the MachStdMill package will automatically update the master macros and hence bug fixes and features will propagate by replacement of older macro revisions There could be a disadvantage to this mechanism wrt to user modifications of system M Code macros Any alterations to the profile specific copies of the macros will be lost the next time that profile starts MachStdMill and the macros are updated from the installed master copies We recommend that users not modify the operation of these profile macros as it could impair the operation of MachStdMill functionality If you simply must make a modification to these macros there are techniques available to do so not detailed in this user manual Please note that support is not available for MachStdMill installations which have modified core scripts and or macros Modifications of scripts are essentially alterations of the MachStdMill package source code The cost of custom modification is that you become totally responsible for maintaining your modifications 13 3 2 Profiles and different screen sets It is strongly recommended that you do not use multiple different screen sets with a single Mach3 profile The previous section described how MachStdMill requires specific M code macros to be the MachStdMill version of the macros Other screen set M codes for example 1024 are not interchangeable wit
234. nt to measure ALL tools Master T Mode ON we want to use MT mode Master Tool 100 the MT the Probe tool The Current WC offset set will be whatever you want to it is you want to use I ve shown the default of G54 The rest of this will assume MTM is on We will be using the probe tool to set zero levels so we want the Gage block offset to be zero We also do NOT want the system to think that the gage block is a mobile touch plate The options for this are on the Setting Common page FTLO G Bik is TP 1 10 0000 A 0 0000 o TCP TP Installed 0 0000 11 0000 We want TLO G BLK is TP Off we are NOT using a TP for the Gage block Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 213 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Max Distance this value does not matter as it is only used for mobile touch plate operations Gage Plate Height the height of the gage block This will not be used with the TLO G Blk is TP button Off TP delay 0 we are not using this for the examples The above turn OFF the mobile TP as the gage block TCP TP Installed On we have the TCP TP installed Rnd Diam 0 Not using this feature in the example Max Dist enough to get from the TCP to the TCP TP for the shortest tool you will be using Now then a note whenever I say mount a tool I mean use MDI to do T M6 Mounting a tool always has to include both the physical mounting of the to
235. nt work coordinate offset system is used for all probing operations e 8 4 Probe Operation Graphic Block Panels The probing specific panels on this page are e The graphic probing operation panels e The Probing Op Parameters panels This graphic probing operation panels are used to visually portray the available probing operations There are multiple graphics panels each of which groups together related probing operations 45 Note Due to the multi step nature of probing operations a probing operation may alter reset WC offsets even if a probe operation is terminated by an error Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 156 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Each panel contains three types of controls e Probe Operation Action Graphic Buttons e Buttons e LEDs The three probing operation panels are show below Probe Probe Only Active Figure 117 Edge Finding Probing Operations Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 157 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Probe Active 1 0000 1 0000 pre Al pa Probe Only Calibration Active Mode Figure 119 Pocket and Post Probing Operations Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 158 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Angle Jog Probe MasterT Probe Only Active Mode Figure 120 A Axis Probing Operations F Angle Jog fp Probe MasterT Probe Only Active Mode Figure 121 B Axis Probing Operations
236. nual Revision 2 15 E RUM AM E 67 Sch Run Condition LEDS Panel si eh 67 ALL Tool Change TC LED unicidad 68 3 1 7 2 2 Tool Length Offset TLO LBW ss ee ee 68 A BU OBB EE 68 3 1 7 2 4 Spindle RPM OverRide SRO LED 68 3 1 7 2 5 Feed Rate OverRide FRO LED 68 3 1 7 2 6 Elapsed RUN Time ET DRO iia 68 3 1 7 3 Current Coordinates DRO Panel eegene dee 68 Sih Pedal Coordinate IDR E 68 3 1 7 3 2 Machine Coordinate System DRO Display Selection Button 68 3 1 8 PUL IRA E 71 S162 R n block panel vais ii A 72 3 1 8 1 1 Coolant Control Groupies sccscccesssavevaseustesssensceivsnavecayeavaenatg beaten seaseetansesereaavenees 72 SAB Spindle Control Group EE 12 Sal SLs DEED A 73 3 1 8 2 Current Coordinates Panel ci cscs eg eegene eege 13 SAL Ol AXIS ZERO ACH ONS pastes EE de 73 3 1 8 2 2 Multimode DROS aii SEENEN 73 SS EE 74 SOLO Sot Limits Buttle Ee 74 3 1 8 2 3 Axis scale DROs and LEDS seis sssiccieajsicdivetiacesdesiateaewsidatvesgecesteecedeantesdnteaesoans 74 3 1 8 3 Misc G code status and control panel 74 31 8 31 Tooling Sta OU A tant 74 319 32 IA O EE 75 SAB SS Feed TALE NTO Group io is 75 SS RRO LED E 76 BAS Dwell Eege A ean acasants 76 31 83 01 UY Rot LED E DRO EE EE 76 3 1 8 3 7 CV Q amp Q ES Buttons ii rai 76 Se EE eo ee ee 76 Sisco Z Inhibit Group Sina Ses A 76 3 1 8 310 JET DRO naar 76 3 83 11 Feach e EE 76 A gt CHE 71 4 1 Wortk Coordinate E Te 4 2 Settino WC OS ETC 80 4 2 1
237. ny of Mach s capabilities are disabled unless Mach is Reset e g ability to run G code jogging IO handling When Mach is in the Reset condition the Reset Button will appear as Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 40 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 12 Mach Reset button Reset State When Mach is not Reset the Reset Button will blink the animation makes the button blink NOT Ready Figure 13 Mach Reset Button NOT Reset State The appearance of this button is intentionally designed to alert the operator of a not Reset condition Many people arrange their control hardware so that putting Mach into the Not Reset condition will with a delay cause an E stop For safety reasons the Mach Reset button should NEVER be relied upon to create an E Stop condition in an emergency situation E Stop circuits are safety controls and should be appropriately implemented via fail safe hardware 2 2 3 3 MDI Input MDI is an industry abbreviation for Manual Data Input The MDI control allows the operator to enter G code words to create a G code block and then execute the block The MDI control is activated by clicking in the MDI input area The Enter key will toggle the MDI control between active and inactive Here is the MDI control when inactive Figure 14 MDI Input Control Inactive The picture is a static depiction of an animated flashing button
238. o start a probing operation at the control and then rush to get a mobile touch plate positioned before movement starts Never initiate any action which causes machine movement until after you are clear of the working envelope of the machine The DRO units are msec and the max delay value is limited to 10sec 10 3 1 7 4 TC Position TP Configuration Group Please see section 7 1 4 for a description of these controls 10 3 1 8 Encoder DRO Setting This panel is used to get or set Encoder positions The current position is shown for X Y and Z and each encoder can be set to the current position with the right arrow button Similarly the current encoder position can become the current position via the left arrow buttons The Zero buttons reset the corresponding encoder to zero 10 3 1 9 Reference Point Settings This panel provides control of the machine reference point The reference point is always in machine coordinates The DROs display and allow you to set the location of the reference point 10 3 1 10 Set Ref Point This button will set the reference point to be the current position 10 3 1 11 Go Home Pos n This button will move the spindle to the home position 10 3 1 12 Go Ref Point This button will move the spindle to the reference point Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 230 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 10 3 1 13 Go Ref via Mid This button will move to the reference point via a mid po
239. o tools3 dat If you do not do this Mach amp MSM amp tool tables MSM TT SaveAs Action causes MSM Mach s in memory tool table Changes only apply to the to write mach s TT to disk Revision 2 15 tools3 dat is current mach session NOT updated Tools3 dat MSM ma3tt saved in current Tool table file profile dir o e Stored on disk in contents are loaded by MSMT ay location picked by user mach on start up action causes to read file amp replace contents of mach s session tool table 5 4 4 2 1 Load This button allows you to load a previously saved tool MachStdMill Enhanced tool table into the Mach3 memory resident tool table 5 4 4 2 2 Save As Without MachStdMill Mach3 V3 only has the concept of a single internal tool table instance MachStdMill extends the Mach tool table capabilities and adds the ability to save the enhanced tool table as a named file This button will save the current memory tool table to a disk file with a name of the user s choice This makes it possible to create a tooling set for a job and save the tooling set up for later reuse As of MachStdMill versions 1 1 x and newer enhanced external tool tables may contain both imperial and metric tools The conversion of tool units to from the machine s setup units is handled for you by MachStdMill Current versions of MachStdMill can load external tool tables saved by earlier releases
240. ode is active additional controls in the jogging panel become active MPG axis and MPG Mode 2 2 3 5 5 1 MPG Jog Axis This set of buttons is used to select the axis that the MPG will move The buttons are mutually exclusive and only one axis at a time may be selected 2 2 3 5 5 2 MPG Jog Mode There are four MPG jog modes supported by Mach3 e Velocity selected by the V button Step Velocity selected by the S V button Single step selected by the S button Multi step selected by the M button 2 2 3 5 5 3 MPG Feed Rate For the V and S V MPG modes the jogging feed rate is set with the Feed DRO positioned between the Axis and MPG Mode buttons 2 2 3 5 6 Fly Out Jogging controls Some Mach3 users prefer to jog by clicking and holding a Jog Arrow key rather than by using a keyboard jogging key This is supported via the jogging control section of the Fly Out panel the Fly Out panel appearance is toggled by the Tab key yogging Fast Soft Limits JO a S AORTA Step MPG Shittle ZARB 03750 This portion of the Fly Out panel duplicates the Jog enable and Jogging mode select buttons and also provides Arrow action buttons to jog each axis 2 2 3 5 6 1 Fast Jog indication The Fast Jog led indicates if fast jogging is selected Press shift a jog key or arrow to get fast jogging mode For an explanation of additional controls on the Fly Out panel see section 10 1
241. of the tool table to implement the MSM extended tool table attributes Thus the tool description field should ONLY be accessed via MSM If you directly edit a tool table description string you will cause errors in operation of the extended tool attributes For script access to the tool description see the MSM APIs described in section 15 9 2 2 WARNING DO NOT USE the Mach menu bar item Config ToolTable to edit a tool description directly as doing so will break the MSM tool table handling 5 4 1 7 Empty LED MachStdMill implements the concept of an explicitly empty tool table entry An empty entry is indicated by this led being On Empty tool table entries do not contain valid numeric values 5 4 1 8 RH NRH LED This LED indicates the tool holder type for this tool table entry The LED off indicates a NRH tool holder while the LED On indicates a RH tool holder All empty Tool entries are considered to be NRH holders Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 113 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 5 4 1 9 Tool Changes Tool Change Tool Change Complete Figure 80 Tool Change Panel The Tool Change Panel appearance and content is dynamic and is used by MachStdMill to support operator interaction with Tool Changes 5 4 1 9 1 Tool Change Status During a Tool Change TC MachStdMill provides status of the tool change in the TC status line 5 4 1 9 2 Tool Change LED The tool change LED indicates when a to
242. ogin Method License ID Password Forgot your password Login CVI CUSTOMER SERVICE 8 Log In New Customers If you are a new customer please enter your email address below and click the Continue button Email Address gt Continue Figure 197 Customer Service Login There are several login methods available The License ID is generally easy as this information 1s what was sent to you with the license purchase email When you are logged in you will see the home page for your customer account Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 298 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 CVI CUSTOMER SERVICE Customer Service Home Log Out 23 Company Selection Customer Service Home Welcome Payment History Licenses amp Activations Renewals amp Upgrades ZE Product Registration i Contact Information Support Information o za mane anma ET E E Figure 198 Upgrades amp Updates Options Select Renewals amp Upgrades You will then be presented the available options for the licenses associated with your account The option you prefer can be added to the shopping cart and when the transaction is complete you license information on the license server will have been updated The last step is to reactivate your copy of MSM to get it to pull the new info from the license server After the reactivation the license info on the Reference page w
243. ol UI assume T1 as many programs start with T1 you have already set up any needed info in the tool table right like the tool diameter MSM can t measure tool diameters as part of a TC MDI T1M6 the machine will move to the TCP ask you to mount T1 and then measure it using the TCP TP as part of the tool change sequence The Tool TLO will be set by the TC process and TLO compensation will be on as the TLO is non zero and Mach turns on TLO auto magically actually auto incorrectly but that is a different topic I need not muddy these waters with Verify that TLO is ON if NOT figure out what went awry OK we have T1 mounted and measured and TLO compensation is active Let s see if we believe what the machine has done Jog the tool over above the part stock Jog down slowly to bring the tip of the tool near to the ZO surface Look at the Z WC DRO do the numbers match the distance you are from the Z0 surface If things look good do another tool change to a different tool and repeat the above sanity check until you are comfortable with what is going on What you are doing is manually creating tool changes just as a g code program would call for and checking that the results are good Now move the part in the vise to change the ZO level We just moved the stock so we need to reset ZO Mount the master tool MT and use the above steps to reset Z0 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 219 MachStdMil
244. ol AND telling the software what tool is mounted It also will be assumed that the MSM Tool Change options as set as described above Get in the habit of using MDI to change tools you have been warned OK we have the MSM options set up let s see how we use them Using the Probe as the Master tool First I m going to point out that we will be using MTM with the MT in a NRH holder The user manual says in section 9 2 2 that the MT should never be in an NRH holder and that s true if we have a choice But the scenario is that we only have NRH holders so we will use what we have Having only NRH holders means that we can not count on the PTL and hence the TLO of the mounted tool any tool including the MT to be correct in the tool table at any time except right after the tool has been mounted and measured The way we have set up the TC options will make each and every TC do a tool measurement so we will be OK This is vitally important to the scenario being described Well be OK and to make sure this condition true we will adopt an operating rule for our scenario DON T CHANGE THE TC OPTIONS without seriously thinking thru the implications In particular for this scenario do NOT turn off TC Auto TLO Now we ll walk thru the steps 1 Mount the probe master tool this will also get the probe tool which is also the master tool re measured Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Pag
245. ol can both be used to manually adjust the spindle RPM from the S Word value The slider can be dragged up down to adjust the RPM and the DRO will show the of adjustment A percentage may also be entered directly into the SRO DRO For the 10x7 resolution the Slider is accessed via the Fly out page refer to section 10 1 For the 12x9 resolution the Slider is present on both the full run page and the Fly out 3 1 8 3 3 Feed rate info Group 3 1 8 3 3 1 F DRO This DRO shows the requested Feed rate as set by the G code F Word It can also be used to set the F word value The label for the F DRO is smart it will display in or mm depending on the current units mode G20 or G21 3 1 8 3 3 2 Feed DRO This DRO shows the actual current Feed Rate 3 1 8 3 3 3 Radius Correction LED This LED indicates when the blended feed rate is including corrections for the A axis radius 3 1 8 3 3 4 FRO LED 2 This DRO requires that the Mach Index signal be used and configured in Ports amp Pins Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 75 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Whenever the FRO DRO is not set to 100 the FRO led will be on to indicate that a Feed Rate Override condition exists 3 1 8 3 3 5 FRO DRO The FRO DRO and the vertical slider control can both be used to manually adjust the Feed rate from the F Word value The slider can be dragged up down to adjust the rate and the DRO will show t
246. ol change is in progress 5 4 1 9 3 Dynamic Panel Information and Run Cycle Start Button When a tool change TC is initiated M6 MachStdMill automatically switches the active page to the Tooling page so you can handle the tool change operation During the M6 sequence Mach3 has also invoked M6Start m1s depending on the Mach3 tool change mode see section 5 1 4 The following figure shows an example tool change status while M6Start is executing G43 G49 4 4400 2 2200 test tool Tool Change Moving To TC Position Figure 81 M6Start TC status The status message text shows that the spindle is currently moving to the TCP Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 114 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The Tool Change LED indicates that a tool change sequence is in process it s actually blinking on the screen and that the Run Cycle Start button is disabled even though the message line at the top of the page already says to press Cycle Start When it is time for the operator to physically mount the Tool in the spindle MachStdMill tells the operator that via the TC Status line The Cycle Start button also becomes enabled so that the operator can use it to tell Mach that the tool is now mounted in the spindle Because of the internal way that Mach3 V3 handles the concepts of Current Tool and Next Tool it is necessary internally to Mach3 to make the next tool info the current tool informa
247. on Note the above screen shot was taken with the path display rotated a bit just to make it easier to execution progress When the program is finished it will stop at the end and your screen will look like this Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 70 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagh CH File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Path nd of program Clear Hist itle MSM Happy Face evision 1 0 Control Mach3 nits inches aterial size 4 0 x 4 0 x 0 5 6061 T6 Al rogram zero X0 Left edge YO top edge ZO top face ools T1 0 375 2 flute EM CUTTER DIAM IN D01 T2 0 250 2 flute EM diamin DO2 rogram preamble 17 G20 G40 G49 G50 G80 XY plane inch coords no ct G90 X0 YO ZO rapid mode abs mode goto 0 0 0 TC TLO Regen UFolow Bounds T Path Macho m E 0 0000 M Reset Dwell 0 0000 5 SRO FRO 1 0000 R MD PEJ eoe AS 0 0000 I Mill gt G15 G1 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 oad WC Offset Tooling Run User Exts Settings Hardware Reference Sgl Block Inhibited f Rewind Figure 41 Happy Face Program Finished Congratulations you ve just used MachStdMill with Mach to draw the Happy Face 3 1 8 Full Run Page This section details the additional set of G code running controls available on the full run page which have not already been described Copyright O 2009 2015
248. on about the currently loaded tool 0 G43 GAS TLO Active 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Tool 0 Is Not a Physical Tool Figure 30 Current Tool Information Panel We will be running the Happy Face program which uses two tools Next we will put the info for the needed tools into the tool table In the If your current tool is not 1 click the tool number DRO enter 1 and then the enter key Now that you have the information for tool 1 showing set the values as show below Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 60 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 1 G43 GIS TLO Active 0 0000 0 0000 0 3750 0 0000 0 375 2fl end mill Figure 31 Happy Face Tool 1 data Now change to tool 2 and set it s data as shown below 2 G43 G45 TLO Active 0 0000 0 0000 0 2500 0 0000 0 25 2fl end mill Figure 32 Happy Face tool 2 data You have just set up the tool information for the Happy Face 3 1 5 Run Pages Running G code We have now e Loaded and simulated the G code program Load page e Set the WC zero point to our imaginary stock WC Offset Touch Page e Set up the needed tools 2 tools in this case via the WC Offsets Touch Page You may have noticed that the general work flow transverses the main page buttons in order from left to right this is typical for many jobs and the MachStdMill pages were ordered to facilitate this general work flow Next we will examine the pag
249. ons iii is 151 Ts TEP EC DRO enee de 152 Advanced WCO operations Probing paises deene eelere 154 8 1 Probe WOOL re 154 8 2 Work Coordimate ER 155 8 3 Work Coordinate Selection EE aere eege 156 8 4 Probe Operation Graphic Block Panel 156 8 5 Probing Operation Parameters Panel 160 8 5 1 Common Probing Operation Parameters cceescccesececeeececeeeeeceeneeceteeecsteeeenaes 160 e O TORE ee Ee 160 ed A D EEN E A A ein E Re 160 38 5 1 2 Step Off Width iia ina 161 81 3 earen 162 8 5 1 4 Probe Fast FR Feed Rate 163 8 5 1 5 Probe Slow FR Feed Rate 163 SE MaX X Y Da os ias 163 De D Ve A i EE 163 83ko Max BEE 164 SoL WEE 164 S 5 1 10 Extra Probe Depth vacia SEENEN dE a 164 8 5 2 Edge Finding Specific Probing Operation Barameterg 164 e e EE 164 8 6 Edge Finding Probe Operation Group cooooccconcccnoncccnoncnononnncnnnncnnnnncnoncnononononncnonnncnnnnnannns 164 8 6 1 Probing Operation Group Selection buttons ooooononcccnonccinonoccnonncnnnnccnnnnccnnnacononnos 165 8 6 2 Edge Finding Probe Action Graphic Buttons 165 8 6 2 1 Vertical Surface Probe Opera ta tees 165 A ll a AA ca aside e 165 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 8 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 8 6 2 3 3D Corner Probe Operation EE 166 8 6 2 4 Corner with Edge Angle Measurement Probe ooonocccincccnoncccnoncccnoncnononcnonnnncnnnn 168 8 6 2 5 Edge Angle Only Measurement Probe ooooccninocicinococonocononoccnonnn
250. ons of subroutine call Arc radius canned cycle retrat level A B am C ndle ON Clockwise D Cutter radius offset register number G H l a UOZZ TP A DO Tool selection Xaxis Y axis Z axis EE Figure 167 M Codes Quick Reference Page 10 5 2 5 G Code Manual This button opens the Mach3 G code manual 10 5 2 6 Install amp Config This button opens the Mach3 Install and Configuration manual 10 5 2 7 Script Language This button opens the Mach3 Cypress Basic Scripting Language reference manual 10 5 2 8 Mach3 Script Calls This button opens the Mach3 Specific Scripting Language Extensions reference manual 10 5 3 License terms This button opens the legal license terms under which the MachStdMill package is distributed It is important that the Mach3 user and all operators of the machine understand and agree with the MachStdMill license terms If you do not agree with the terms you must uninstall the MachStdMill package and not use it Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 238 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 10 5 4 Credits The credits page makes note of the people which helped with the development of the MachStdMill package As the contents of the page my change from time to time please see the current page displayed by the MachStdMill installation Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagby DER Fie Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help T
251. ontrols The panel has two primary functions a To set TC options b To control Master Tool Mode TC Auto TCP G54 TC Auto TLO TLO PTL Measure Tool Skip RH Tools Master T Mode Figure 93 TC Options amp Master Tool Mode Panel Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 126 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 As most of the controls in this panel are used for advanced Tool Change options which can require optional hardware features these control are described in detail in Section 6 2 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 127 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 6 Optional Hardware Support 6 1 Probe Signal Input Several of the features which MachStdMill supports require the use of the Probe input signal and hence the presence of appropriate input sensors configured and attached to the control and logically connected to the Mach Probe signal MachStdMill has built in support for the use of the Probe input for a 3D probe tools and b One or two simple touch off plates 6 1 1 Active Probe MachStdMill includes extensive built in support Offsets Probing Page for the use of a 3D probe tool for finding edges corners amp surfaces setting Zeros aligning vises and finding hole centers See section 6 2 for more information The following picture shows an example 3D probe Figure 94 3D Probe Various Mach documents are inconsistent as to the name of this signal Some docu
252. ool change I e most ATCs the spindle is moved to the tool change position and then tool is placed into the spindle the tool comes to the spindle rather than the spindle going to the tool This absence of other movement for example manual jogging The tool is at the tool change position after the tool is changed and it is the responsibility of the G Code to move the tool into position for whatever the G Code intended to do with the new tool In contrast a Mach3 tool change sequence often involves some X Y Z movement Also Mach3 allows jogging during the tool change Therefore a Mach3 TC can not assume that the position at the start of a TC is the same as the position at the end of the TC sequence With Mach3 and MSM using auto TCP moves position in XY so an MSM feature specifically causes Tool movement The issue is that MSM can t put the tool back to the TC start position as part of TC sequence Doing so during the TC sequence is not possible because the control Mach does not and can not know the TLO value of the newly mounted tool or even if the G Code will want any TLO value applied Remember that the M6 code does not apply TLO as part of a Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 275 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 tool change sequence the G43 preparatory command has to be executed to apply TLO It is unsafe for the M6 TC code to make any assumptions about tool TLO Making any such assumption in th
253. opens a dialog box that allows you to configure torch voltages 10 4 Hardware Specific Pages 10 4 1 Logical Signals Page _ TBS CNC Controller Licensed To David Bagby File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Signals PP Driver Jogging Cont 25 0 p 5 MPG Step 00500 Cye ner Mach Reset e L fln de dr 100 Vv sv S M Mil gt G15 G1 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 Load WC Offset R User Exts S Tooling un ettings Hardware Reference Figure 161 Logical Signals Page This page shows the state of the Mach3 logical I O signals This display represents Mach3 s view of the states of Mach3 s logical hardware interfaces Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 232 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 10 4 2 Parallel Port Driver Diagnostics ei Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagby II j E IS File Config Function Cfa s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help prrsignals l PP Driver f Set Steps Unit 0 og eer et ne Servo Tuning Pulse Gen 0 0500 0 000000 0 30 2799 25009 Jogging Cont 20 7 TT MPG Step 0 0500 Cye TACT f Mach3 Reset Xx VY ZW too V sv SS M Calibrate MPG Mill gt G15 G1 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 Ki WC Offset Tooling Run MUSEPEXS Settings Hardware Reference Figure 162 Parallel Port Driver Diagnostics Page This page contains information and diagnostics specific to the parallel
254. ou of this when it loads You have the option to either extend the update period for the license or reinstall an earlier release version of MachStdMill When a license update period extension is purchased simply perform an activation using your original license info and your MachStdMill installation will then be able to utilize updates released thru the end of the new period Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 296 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 16 1 3 1 Example Updating a license s update period To extend the release versions that a license may run you stat by logging into your customer account via the Calypso ventures web site The following example uses screen shots from the web site as of when this was written Go to the CalypsoVentures com web site and select the support page Calypso Ventures Inc Mozilla Firefox EEE AX File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help 8 c x re Dts calypsoventures com support html SE Ot E MK A Getting Started Subscribe CVI Python C mach com L Gmail IMap Android My URLs ER CVI Forum 14 Buy Sell Trade Forum 3 The World Clock Meetin Google O F Share amp Translate W Autoril 4 zw gt mvcalypso Calypso Ventures Inc ome ees a gt Lecnnical support ana Customer service A MachStdMill DREEM Product Technical support gt Support for CNC software products is available via our user comm
255. oup Position the probe in a circular hole set the probe to as you did before to just below the top surface of the hole and try the center finding double headed arrow Now you can try the down and over version of he circle center finder Every thing still ok Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 199 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 All is working and you have now worked thru the basic MSM probing operations 8 11 11 Checking for noise sensitivity Now go back and reduce the debounce number until you start to see problems then set it a bit higher again If things run a debounce of 0 great you have a non noisy system Remember that a single debounce value is used for all inputs except the index pulse which is separate If you needed a debounce amount for your home switches you will still need that amount to make the switches reliable 8 11 12 Dual feed rate probing Now if you like set Slow probe FR to non zero and do it all yet again 8 11 13 Set TLO for the probe tool Now you can enter a TLO for the probe tool and do it all once more to verify that TLO and probing is also OK If you have a Tool Change Position Touch Plate also installed TCP TP the easiest way to set the probe tool s TLO is to use the TCP TP to measure the probe tool Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 200 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 9 Advanced Tool Handling Master Tool Mode 9 1 Master Tool
256. out terminology is in order here Often people talk about entering tool lengths into the tool table That is imprecise use of language The Mach3 tool table is not a table of Tool Lengths it is a table of Tool Length Offsets The correct terminology is Tool Length Offset TLO NOT Tool Length TL With the Offline measurement technique TLO TL With other techniques other relations between TLO and TL can occur Touch Off TLO Values Stored in H registers Often the H T for convenience WC Z0 TL Offsets will be negative values Li a a 4 Li IZ LA LA 14 Part Z0 Figure 74 H Registers store TLO Values Once a TLO value is measured it is stored in a register in Mach TLO values are stored in H for height registers A common convention is for a program to use the same number for an H register as the T but this is not required by G code T3 M6 G43 H7 is perfectly fine G code 2 This concept is often misunderstood and reflected in imprecise naming of DROs buttons and scripting interfaces most controls in V3 are named as length when in fact the values they store amp manipulate and the functionality they support is really that of Tool Length Offset 30 Future versions of Mach are anticipated to have improved support for this situation For Mach3 V3 it is recommended that G code make T H D to avoid known Mach3 V3 issues mach3
257. owever the operation of MTM does not require that the MT be the longest tool and the MT can be of any length the math doesn t care Finally we note that conceptually it would be possible to have multiple master tools each of a different length and to have a corresponding set of TLOs for each MT MachStdMill does not support this additional level of complexity The current MachStdMill model is that there is only one MT at any given instant in time If the MT PTL changes the other tool s TLOs need to be re measured 9 1 3 Master Tool Mode Advantages The advantage of using MTM is that once the TLO s are set relative to the MT you no longer have to set the TLOs of the tools for each job This assumes RH holders It becomes only Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 206 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 necessary to use the MT to set ZO for the job Once that is done the entire tool set is ready to be used To summarize e With the regular touch off technique every tool has to be touched off to the part to set the TLOs for each tool to the Part e With Master Tool mode the Tool TLOs only need to be set once The MT essentially sets the TLO s for the entire tool set each time it is used to SetZ0 This key advantage is used by MachStdMill to provide simplified support for automatic TLO measurements during a tool change see section 9 2 1 9 1 4 Master Tool Mode Tool Set TLO Set Up Process 9
258. ple user script that uses the MSM API to display a tool description Option Explicit Hexpand lt Masters Headers MSMAPIConstants gt Dim s As String Dim TN As Integer TN 1 MsgBox tool amp TN desc 8 MSMAPI_GetToolDescription 1 Exit Sub Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 273 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 expand lt Masters Scripts Common Expands MSMAPIs gt 15 9 3 2 MSMAPI SetToolDesc The stock Mach script call SetToolDesc CAN NOT be used with MSM on mach v3 This is because MSM requires per tool storage of extended attributes and the only place to save them is in the description field of the tool table Therefore if Mach s internal tool table description is directly accesses the XML that MSM stores in the description string can easily be corrupted This will lead to incorrect operation of the MSM extended tool table functionality However a user script still need to be able to access the tool description To enable this MSM provides a direct substitution for the stock Mach call The MSM API takes the same parameters and returns the same values as the Mach call MSMAPI_SetToolDescription ByVal TN as integer ByVal Tdesc as string Here is an example user script that uses the MSM API to display a tool description Option Explicit Hexpand lt Masters Headers MSMAPIConstants gt Dim s As String Dim TN As Integer TN 1 s changed it via the API MsgBox tool amp
259. profile name gt For example If Mach is installed in the default dir C Mach3 and the active profile was XYZ then that would be C Mach3 Macros X VAN The user script files which are run if present are ProfileM3UserScriptPre ProfileM3UserScriptPost ProfileM4UserScriptPre ProfileM4UserScriptPost ProfileM5UserScriptPre ProfileM5UserScriptPost Templates are not provided for these scripts If the scripts are present in the profile macro directory they are run Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 269 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Note that user extension scripts for M3 M4 should NOT make the Mach calls to start the spindle as this is already done by the MSM interface called by M3 M4 15 9 1 1 3 M6Start and M6End User Customization Hooks MSM provides hooks from MSM s M6Start amp M6End scripts to call user scripts This allows users to extend the M6Start and M6End scripts by supplying user script code via a defined interface The user extension scripts are looked for the profile specific mach macro directory as this is consistent with how mach treats M code scripts on a per profile basis The M6Start End hook scripts are hooks called by the M Code macros which are dependent on the active profile Thus the hook scripts should be placed into lt mach install dir gt macros lt active profile name gt For example If Mach is installed in the default dir C Mach3 and the active profil
260. r This state information is conveyed visually as an illuminated indicator Traditionally this type of control is referred to as a LED where LED is a term which denotes a visual control used to display an On Off state The practice of using the term Mach3 V3 also uses LED as the name of a type of internal Mach information object which is available via the scripting interface Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 35 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 LED to indicate an On Off state has become wide spread in the Mach community and this manual continues that vernacular usage MachStdMill LEDs are flat in appearance slightly raised or flush with the panel they are in They are visually distinct from Buttons and are not press able All MachStdMill LEDs are grey in color when off and another color when on Like buttons the on color is most often green Some LEDs are yellow or orange when on to indicate things that deserve a extra attention from the operator For example here is the Tool Length Offset active LED Off state i e TLO compensation not active TLO Active Here is the Tool Length Offset active LED in the ON state i e TLO compensation active MachStdMill uses positive logic so that the English text of a LED is generally consistent with the state indicated by the LED 2 1 3 3 Information Displays A Mach3 user interface also needs to convey numeric and text
261. r Manual Revision 2 15 e Tell MachStdMill to load the customized set file when MachStdMill is initialized You use the Settings common page Load Screen button to do this Customizing Note When cloning a screen set you are making a copy of the base screen set file This creates a set file snap shot which is frozen in time Due to the way Mach requires that the various bits and pieces which make up a complete screen set be organized customizing the cloned screen set file can lead to maintenance update problems later on For example The location of where to put screen objects on a page is stored inside a set file This means that a set file has implicit knowledge of the graphics images used by mach to render a page image If a page s background or other graphics change in a later MachStdMill release the cloned set file will not know about the change The result will be a set file and graphics files that are an inconsistent set This manifests itself as a customized set file looking odd shifted or misplaced graphic objects This core problem is an artifact of the simple static relationship between set files and graphic bitmaps files assumed by Mach The problem is not unique to MachStdMill and would require significant changes to Mach to materially improve 15 5 2 MachStdMill Set File locations The MachStdMill Master set files are installed into lt mach install dir gt MachStdMill Set Files Masters User customized set f
262. racy of this operation depends on the fact that a circular cylinder is being probed If the cylinder has any taper l e it s a cone rather than a cylinder the results will be inaccurate The diameter of the two A Center operations is compared and if they differ by a significant amount a warning is displayed The cylinder is also assumed to be straight any bend in the cylinder will create errors in the results 8 9 1 1 4 A Axis Rotation Angle Operation This operation can be used to determine the rotation angle of the A Axis IT is also useful for measuring the angle of a plane which is rotated around the A Axis The standard convention of a right hand coordinate system is used to determine the positive A direction of rotation 8 9 1 1 4 1 Angle Jog Button The Angle Jog button determines whether the operation is done as a single operation or a two part operation When the Button is Off the Rotation angle operation is done as one operation When the Button is On the operation requires into two separate probing operations 8 9 1 1 4 2 Single Operation When executed as a single operation the machine will probe down to find the Z height of the surface at the X Y location the operation is started from It will then step over in the Y direction by Step Off Width A second Z probe is then performed at the second location and the results calculated from the two probe points 8 9 1 1 4 3 Two Part Operation When executed as a t
263. re 24 Happy Pace lada annn DESEN 54 Figure 25 Macho G code Lane Numbers s ctcsaietccddsectatzadeceensded sheste tata ett 55 Figure 20 Eegeregie AE 56 Figure 27 Work Coordinate Offset Touch Page visit fits 57 Figute e e pate EE 57 Figure 29 WC offset detail palito a 58 Figure 30 Current Tool Information eet ge A A A ti 60 Figure 31 Happy Pace Too AAA A A A A AE AAA AAA AA 61 Figure 32 Happy Face tool 2 data iii id 61 Figure 33 Happy Face 10x7 Run Page Sut e re e a io tee e cael 63 Figure 34 Happy Face 12x9 R n Par A A a 64 Figure 35 Happy Face large path run page edd d 65 Figure 36 Simple G code Program Run Control Panel 65 Figure 37 Run Conditions LED Panel iii o a 67 Figure 38 Current Coordinates EE 68 Figure 39 Happy Face Rewound aiee a eni oiled ie E a A ET Aes 69 Figure 40 Happy Face during execution zeegt seet tada 70 Figure 41 Happy Face Program Finished auspicia 71 Figure 42 TOX7 RUN AAA Sn E ae wee ed aed eee ee 72 Figure 43 Machine Coordinate AXESOR ai SEI at E E EE 78 Figure 45 WC WCO and MC Relationship suite 79 Figure 46 WC Offsets Touch CNR 79 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 15 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Fi
264. re a given piece of information in one place With MachStdMill the tool table is the source for all tool geometry information The MachStdMill screens do not contain or use tool specific controls to set probe or edge finder diameters and or lengths Instead MachStdMill gets the current tool s geometry from the tool table This has the advantage that wear values can now be applied consistently for any tool the 1024 probe and edge finder DROs do not implement wear value adjustments 13 1 2 Special tool geometry DROs deprecated While the old style 1024 set tool specific interfaces will still operate so old script code will continue to operate the use of the impacted DROs is strongly discouraged Any values set into those DROs are ignored by MachStdMill on Mach3 V3 In a future version of Mach3 continued use of the deprecated interfaces may cause warning messages or failures 13 2 Tool Changes 13 2 1 Tool Changes amp G code Modes Tool changes will change G code modal states In particular with MachStdMill at the end of M6End the machine will be in G90 GOO modes 13 2 2 Tool Change Positioning 13 2 2 1 Auto TCP If the Auto TC Position button is on during a tool change the tool will be taken to the defined tool change position as part of the tool change sequence All tool change operations are done in G53 machine coordinates The go to TCP algorithm is 79 Calypso Ventures was informed that this was the design de
265. rill chucks To make the use of NRH holders more convenient MachStdMill can be configured to automatically measure the TLO of a newly mounted tool as part of the tool change process 5 1 2 2 Repeatable Height Tool Holders A repeatable tool holder is one that does provide the same physical tool length each time the tool and holder are mounted in the spindle This can either be from the use of special tool holder sets 2 Requires use of the optional TCP Touch Plate Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 87 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 which provide this feature or because of the presence of a spindle taper and holders with this native characteristic e g BT30 or CAT40 As one moves along the scale from the occasional hobby user to prototype small shop user the use of RH holders increases 5 1 2 3 Mixed Tool Holders While a professional CNC operator is likely to have all repeatable height tool holders and would probably not consider using a non repeatable tool holder Mach3 hobby and small shop users often utilize a mixture of the two tool holding types MachStdMill supports mixed type tool holder usage This facilitates the adoption of RH holders over time as the tool holder investment can be spread over time with RH holders being purchased as they are needed MachStdMill can be configured to automatically measure TLO for NRH holders as part of the tool change sequence while not taking the time to
266. rily for the Mach3 end user operator MachStdMill has been extended by CVI to include support for Turning operations This includes Turning operations on a CNC lathe MachStdMill Turn and the ability to use a Mill for turning operations MachStdMill Mill Turn The Lathe support extensions are covered in a separate supplementary Lathe user manual Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 21 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This manual is not intended to cover the following topics and assumes the reader already has a working familiarity with these subjects e G code language and programming e The differences between CAD CAM Post Processors CNC control software e g Mach3 and CNC control hardware This manual does not cover technical details of the MachStdMill screen set implementation the supporting macros which are bundled with the screen set modifications of the screen set or the use of the Mach3 script application programming interfaces APIs 1 2 MachStdMill Project History The MachStdMill screen set package was first developed specifically for Mach3 Version 4 x as a prototype to provide both an updated User Interface UI and support for Mach3 V4 functionality As the MSM project progressed and Mach3 V4 slipped further behind schedule a version of the MachStdMill package was created for use with Mach3 V3 After a successful MachStdMill alpha and beta test period it was decided to create a
267. robe is active we found something and were triggered 6 Probing Lib gets the trigger position and does what it needs for example sets axis zero to the face we found 7 Library backs off by the overrun amount this lets the probe become un triggered 8 Library back off the user defined clearance amount Noise on the probe input line will make this sequence not work correctly Example A short noise pulse at step 2 can be long enough to stop the G31 motion but at step 5 the probe will not be in the triggered state when checked as the probe did not actually touch a surface Therefore MSM thinks nothing was found and so it puts the probe back to the starting position Adding some Debounce in Mach may help If you do this you need to be aware that Mach s debounce is really a software patch fix for a hardware problem The ideal solution is to remove the electrical noise from the system and use a debounce of 0 Many people either can t or don t want to expend the effort required to accomplish that The pragmatic approach is to lower the debug number until the problem appears then raise it back up a little Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 196 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 That leaves the issue of How do I tell if my required debounce setting is too high Debouce is the amount of time a signal must be continually on before mach will consider it as having turned on Each number in the debounce DRO repr
268. ros lt profile name gt directory for each profile that is running MachStdMill that also needs the customized auto tool changer script Note that putting Mach into auto tool changer mode with MachStdMill but not providing a M6ATC script will result is a run time error trap during the tool change operation Do not modify M6ATC_template m1s directly always make a copy M6ATC_template m1s will be updated by later MachStdMill installs and this will result in the loss of any changes put directly into the template file 5 2 Tool Changes and TLO measurements When a Tool change operation M6 causes a new tool to be mounted in the spindle it is necessary for the machine to know the Tool Length Offset for the tool before TLO position compensation for the tool is activated by the G code program Tool Length Offsets can either be entered into the control before a program is run Pre loaded TLOs or they can be determined during the tool change process Just in time TLOs What needs to be done to set the TLO values is interrelated to the TLO technique being employed with the G code program being run Before we can consider the TLO measurement support features included in MachStdMill we need to review some of the common TLO setting techniques 5 2 1 WCO and TLOs Physical Tool Lengths Tool Length Offsets and WC Offsets are interrelated In section 4 1 we saw this diagram which illustrates the relationship between the WC and MC system
269. rs as all the edge angle measurement movements will be on the angle face side of the corner Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 169 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 8 6 2 5 Edge Angle Only Measurement Probe The Down and Over version of the edge angle measurement operation will measure the edge of the block an report the angle of the block to the WC XY axes This operation does only the edge angle measurement and does not find the corner location Edge Angle Measurement down and over Edge Angle Measurement at depth Figure 132 Edge Angle Measurements Position the probe over the top surface of the block then click the down and over spot for the edge angle operation desired The operation will perform the appropriate edge angle measurement Operation The angle of the edge relative to the work coordinate axes will be displayed in the probing operation results DROs Note The block is assumed to be rectangular all corner faces at 90 degrees to each other 8 6 3 Buttons 8 6 3 1 Probe Only Button For offset setting operations this button will normally be Off When Off a probe operation shifts the current work coordinate system axis to align with the probed surface When this button is On the WC is not shifted and the probe results are displayed in the results panel This is useful for doing simple CM Coordinate Measurement operations with the Probe 8 6 4 Edge
270. rth East quarter circle of the compass Quadrant 2 is the North West Quadrant 3 the South West and Quadrant 4 the South East Section 4 provides more explanation of coordinate systems Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 58 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 For this exercise we will be cutting in air and so we don t need to be precise about where we set the X Y zero we simply want the WC offsets set such that the Happy Face program will not hit the machine limits We will use the MDI line to move the spindle to where we want to place the X Y zero Using the MDI line enter the following G code Block G53 G90 G00 Y 1 0 X1 0 The WCO panel should now look like this 1 0000 1 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 9999 0 9999 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Press the Zero button for the X and Y axes to set X Y zero to the current MC position The WCO panel will then look like this 0 0000 1 0000 1 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 9999 0 9999 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 We have just set up the X Y WCO needed for the Happy Face What about the Z zero We see that the Z extents are 0 1250 to 1 0000 We need at least 1 1250 1 0000 0 1250 of Z height to run the program Let s arbitrarily move the spindle down 2 000 in Z and set the WC ZO there that will give us plenty of room As long a
271. s Included are the most common TLO techniques used by Mach users but by no means does this section cover all the possible ways a program job could be set up Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 90 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MC to WC relationship WC f MC where f translation WC MC WCO WCx MCx WCOx WCy MCy WCOy WCz MCz WCOz WC Y Sees dee ese se WC X WCOx 4 Figure 54 MC to WC Relationship In English this is Work Coordinate Machine Coordinate minus the Work Coordinate Offset This manual uses common acronyms WC Work Coordinate MC Machine Coordinate and WCO Work Coordinate Offset Using the acronyms yields an important formula WC MC WCO Equation 1 The formula notation used in this manual is WC and MC are used to refer to any axis WCx means WC of the X axis and similarly for other Axes For Tool length offsets we need only be concerned with the Z axis Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 91 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 When WCOx WCOy 0 MCZ WCOy MC Y SSES MC X WC Z wcoz KE Kee gt WC X WCOx Figure 55 WCOx WCOy 0 Removing the X amp Y axes simplifies the picture to WCz to MCz relationship MC Z WCOz Figure 56 WCz to MCz This becomes Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso
272. s Inc Page 160 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Figure 123 Measuring a Probe s PTL When measuring the PTL of a probe tool remember that the TLO should include any travel of the probe tip before the probe triggers If you were doing an off line measurement of the probe PTL the measurement point is not when the height gage just touches the probe tip but rather is the point when the probe is first triggered by downward pressure of the height gage Note that in the figure above the probe PTL is measured with the probe triggered for the example probe shown the triggered LED is illuminated on the probe If your probe does not have a LED in it you can use the Probe Active LED to see when the probe is triggered 8 5 1 2 Step Off Width Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 161 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Probe Master T Probe Only Active Mode Figure 124 Step Off Width This parameter is used for two purposes a For a Down amp Over probe operation after the probe finds the Z height of the top surface this is the distance the probe will move over before attempting to lower to probing depth b For a corner find operation this is the maximum inside the corner distance that the probe must be from the vertical edges of the corner at the start of the probe operation For a corner operation the probe should be positioned above the Z plane of the corner within max Z distance and
273. s can be used to learn and repeat a sequence of commands For more information refer to the Mach3 Install amp Config manual Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 76 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 4 Work Coordinate Offsets When a G code program is setup to run on a machine one of the major purposes of the setup process is to locate the stock material and tell the machine were the G code program s X Y Z zero point is This is accomplished by setting appropriate Work Coordinate Offsets WCOs This section reviews the concepts of Work Coordinate systems and the facilities provided by MachStdMill for setting Work Coordinate Offsets 4 1 Work Coordinate Systems The machine coordinate system is fixed in location The size and location of the machine coordinate system is determined by the machine s physical hardware Machine Coordinate MC System MC Z MC Y MC X Figure 43 Machine Coordinate Axes Mach3 supports the use of multiple Work Coordinate systems Their spatial locations are generally different than the Machine coordinate system Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 77 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MC 8 WC MC Z MC Y WCZ gt MC X WC Y WC X Figure 44 MC and a WC system The WC axes are a simple spatial shift of the machine coordinate MC axes The amount of shift in a given direction is referred to
274. s error will be displayed Error 5006 Security Check Failure This occurs when too many failed activation attempts are made in a short period Error 5008 The License ID or the Password was not validated by the license server Make sure the License ID and Password are being typed in correctly during activation Error 5010 The user is attempting to activate with a License ID for a different product Error 5013 During activation There are no more activations left for this license The user has used up the allowed number of activations Error 5017 Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 295 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Invalid License Status The license status at the license server is something other than OK One reason this can happen is if you have upgraded your MachStdMill edition for example from the Personal Edition to the Professional Edition and then attempt to activate using the old now replaced by the upgrade license ID and password instead of the upgraded License ID and password Error 5022 Invalid System Time The system clock is not within the threshold specified by the license server The user must correct their system time to be able to continue Error 8080 If the user has modified their HOSTS file to attempt to redirect the online license checks or online activations to another server this error will be displayed 16 1 3 The Bundled License Free Update Period Once activated a
275. s on the cylinder one on the X and one on the X side of the cylinder Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 186 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 From these 3 touch points the operation determines the diameter and location in XZ of the cylinder at the Y axis position where the probe operation was performed If Probe Only is off the X and Z axes will be Zeroed to a point on the cylinder that is controlled by the XZ Zero Option graphic buttons The results of the probe operation will be shown in the result portion of the Probing Op Parameters panel 8 9 2 1 2 XZ Zero Option Graphic buttons If the Probe Only button is Off these buttons control where the XZ zero point is set Figure 140 XZ Zero Option Graphic Buttons The choices are e The center of the Cylinder Z top of the Cylinder Z bottom of the Cylinder X side of the Cylinder X side of the Cylinder 8 9 2 1 2 1 B Axis Orientation Some machines are set up with the B Axis at the Y typically the closest side of the table and some are set up with the B Axis at the Y typically the farthest side of the table Note that the graphic operations are show relative to the X and Z axes The B Axis operations simply probe a cylinder that is mounted on the B Axis drive and they neither know nor care which end of the cylinder is driven by the B Axis All operations are specified relative to the X Z axis direc
276. s option is mutually exclusive with Master Tool Mode Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 146 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 7 1 3 4 Skip RH Tools If TC Auto TLO is active this option will have MachStdMill skip the TLO measurement for RH tool holders For RH tool holders the existing TLO and PTL data is assumed to be correct and is used without further run time validation It is the operator s responsibility to re measure any RH tool which may have physically changed length Tip Techniques like placing a bit of nail polish placed on a tool holder s set screw when a tool is mounted in the holder can help to alert you to remember to re measure tools which have changed 7 1 3 5 Measure Tool Button This button will use a probing operation with the TCP TP to measure the currently mounted tool The PTL of the tool is always measured and stored The TLO for the tool will also be calculated and stored as part of the measurement process IF AND ONLY IF a TLO mode is set IF not TLO mode is set only the PTL will be updated With the following option combination only the PTL will be measured when the Measure Tool button is clicked TC Auto TCP TC Auto TLO TLO PTL Measure Tool Skip RH Tools Master T Mode Figure 107 PTL Only Measurement With the following option combination the PTL will be measured and the TLO will be set to the PTL value Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page
277. s there is more than 0 1250 between that spot and the part surface Use MDI to enter G53 G90 G00 Z 2 0 and then when movement is finished press the Z Zero button The WCO panel will then look like this 16 One may notice that we moved to Y 1 0 and the DRO shows 0 9999 The actual position internal to Mach contains many more digits than are displayed in the DRO Also remember that axes are positioned in steps and therefore not every commanded position is perfectly achievable These are just two reasons that Mach3 may a value that is very close but not exactly equal to the commanded position Do not be concerned about the difference for this tutorial Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 59 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 0 0000 1 0000 1 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 9999 0 9999 0 0000 0 0000 2 0000 2 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 We have now set up a WCO appropriate for the program 3 1 4 Setting up Tools The sample Happy Face program uses two tools We are not going to actually cut the happy face as we work thru the tutorial 1 e we will not be physically mounting the tools when they are called for This allows us to skip for the moment the details of Tool setup and the controls on the Tooling Page For now just follow the instructions here step by step Tool handling is covered in detail in later sections 3 1 4 1 Current Tool Information Panel This panel shows informati
278. senings Hardware Reference Figure 35 Happy Face large path run page Let s take a brief look at the controls on the page which we have not seen before 3 1 7 1 Run Button Panel There is a panel for starting pausing and stopping G code programs f Sgl Block Inhibited Rewind Figure 36 Simple G code Program Run Control Panel Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 65 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 3 1 7 1 1 Rewind Rewind is an example of an Action Button when pressed the button will rewind the program to the start 3 1 7 1 2 Single Block Sgl Block is an example of a State Button When Sgl Block is on Mach will execute only one G code block the G code words shown in the highlighted line in the G code windows each time that the run Cycle Start button is pressed This facility allows you to step thru a program to execute it block by block Click the Sgl Block button to see how the button indicates that the option is now active Click it again to turn it off we won t use Single block mode for the example program 3 1 7 1 3 Inhibited LED In between the Single block and rewind buttons is a LED Inhibited Mach has a feature where an external input signal can inhibit execution of G code until the signal is inactive This LED indicates if that input option is currently active If it is the G code will not run even though the Run Cycle Start button has been pressed The
279. ser forums are good sources for Mach wizard packages Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 241 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 12 Installing MachStdMill The MachStdMill installation procedure is significantly different from the installation of the old 1024 screen set The installation instructions for MachStdMill are provided separately from this document and can be found in the MachStdMill Readme file Please refer to the Readme file for more information We strongly encourage you to review the entire Readme file before installing MachStdMill Doing so will provide you an overview of the installation procedure and prepare you for the choices presented during the install process Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 243 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 13 MachStdMill Operational Changes from Mach3 V3 with 1024 set 13 1 Geometry for special tools 13 1 1 Tool geometry always comes from the tool table The Mach3 V3 1024 screen set treats some types of tools specially and the 1024 set uses some special tool specific DROs for some functions In particular task specific DROs are used to specify tool geometry for edge finders and probes This creates a design conflict What should the system do if a tool is mounted and the special value diameter is not the same as the diameter in the tool table for the current tool Which is correct A generally good programming principle is to sto
280. size Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 191 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This resets the Tool Table diameter for the probe tip to an effective diameter slightly different from the measured physical diameter The result is that this adjusted probe tip diameter compensates for the probe mechanism tilt error Note that changing probe shafts longer or shorter or changing the probe tip diameter will change the probe tip geometry and hence require recalibration Finally MachStdMill assumes the probe tip is perfectly spherical if it is not that would be another source of error MachStdMill can compensate for much of this cosine error but not 100 of it The software assumes that the amount of shaft tile is independent of the direction of the probe operation travel However the internal geometry of a typical probe makes the cosine error a function of the probe direction 8 10 1 2 4 Cosine Errors When using a probe for taking measurements the operator needs to be aware of the possibility for cosine errors A cosine error is named for the trigonometric function which describes the amount of the error Consider the following picture Probing Perpendicular to an Object Mach thinks the probe touched here and it did Figure 144 Perpendicular Probe Movement When the probe movement is perpendicular to the surface of the object being probed no cosine error is intro
281. solution used by a fresh install of MachStdMill Caution Do not change to a higher screens set resolution than the monitor s physical resolution If you do the buttons needed to get back to a lower resolution may be off the physical edge of the screen If this happens a reinstall of MachStdMill will reset the active resolution to 10x7 10 3 1 1 2 Clone Screen Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 226 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This button opens a dialog box which allows you to make a clone of an existing MachStdMill Screen set This is typically done as part of customizing MachStdMill See Section 15 for additional information about techniques for customizing MachStdMill 10 3 1 1 3 M Code Copy This button controls the updating of profile M Code macros to the current version of the MachStdMill specific M Code implementations For proper operation of MachStdMill the M Code update operation should NOT BE DISABLED Only in very rare circumstances would a user ever really want to disable this feature 10 3 1 1 4 Control On line This button toggles the CNC control on line and off line Taking the control off line disables much of Mach3 s functionality 10 3 1 1 5 Menu Bar On Off These buttons allow you to turn on and off the Mach menu bar at the top of the Mach window The setting is persistent and will be remembered between Mach3 sessions Turning off the menu bar when using 10x7 resolution on a 1
282. stomize their installation to include some put it back movements they may do so at their own risk MachStdMill will not be including this feature and the buggy code used in the 1024 M6 routines will not be supported by MachStdMill For MachStdMill the decision is to simply leave the tool wherever it is when the TC process completes At the end of the TC process the tool will either be a At the TC position if Auto TCP was on and the user did not jog the tool or b Wherever the user moved the tool to via jogging etc during a tool change sequence While SafeZ allows one to specify that a move is in work coordinates it has no ability for the operator to specify which work coordinate system the move relates to this is a easy way to crash a machine Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 246 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 13 3 Profile Dependant M Code Macros 13 3 1 M code Macro Updates MachStdMill incorporates custom scripts into several M code macros to integrate spindle control and tool change sequencing with MachStdMill When MachStdMill is installed it stores master copies of these macros on disk Each time MachStdMill is started the corresponding M code macros for the profile being initialized are dynamically updated to the master versions of the macros This mechanism is designed to reduce support issues occurring due to out of date macros never getting updated which has been a significa
283. t 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 185 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Angle Jog Probe MasterT Ee Probe Only Active Mode Figure 139 B Axis Probing Panel 8 9 2 1 Cylinder center and Cylinder Alignment Graphic Buttons 8 9 2 1 1 B Center Operation This operation is similar to the ridge probing operations Because the Operation can assume that it is probing a circular cylinder only three probe points are required to find the center of the cylinder This operation measures the cylinder diameter and finds the center of the cylinder along the X and Z axes The Diam Hint DRO is an input parameters specific to this operation Simply set the hint to the approximate corresponding diameter of the cylinder being probed There is no need for the hint to be precise However it should be reasonably close as it is used to derive probing depth and the distance to transverse when crossing from one side of the cylinder to the other If the hint value is too large a little extra time will be expended probing air The hint s primary purpose is to minimize overall probe time for the operation This probe operation should be started with the probe tip roughly over the center of the cylinder you want to probe you can start off center and it will not effect the results The probe will search in Z to establish the first probe point on the cylinder The operation will then continue and look for two more probe point
284. t YZ plane select en circular helical interpolation G and M code Quick Reference Canned cycle drilling fast pullback Not implemented Cancel canned cycle mode Canned cycle drill Canned cycle drill with dwell Canned cycle peck drill _ Not implemented tele BaH hansipe tat Canned cycle Boring no dwell feed out Canned cycle Boring spindle stop rapid out Not implemented Canned cycle Boring Te stop manual out Canned cycle Boring dwell feed out Inverse time feed mode Feed per minute mode Feed per revolution mode Figure 166 G code Quick Reference Page Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 237 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Mach 3 Gand M code Quick Reference Word Aaxis B axis am C axis Spindle On Counter clockwise Spindle stop Tool Change Mist coolant on preparatory commands Tool length offset register number Arc center modifier for X axis Flood coolant on Shift amount in canned cycles All coolant off Arc center modifier for Y axis Shift amount in canned cycles Arc center modifier for Z axis Z offset in canned cycles Repetition count for canned cycles O none 1 default L1 L2 Tool offset settings fixture offset with G10 See M Codes table Line number Program and subroutine label number Dwell time in canned cycle Dwell time with G4 Tool WCO number with G10 Tool radius with G41 G42 Feed increment in G83 repetiti
285. t editor as of Mach 3 43 22 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 265 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 We do not want to edit the set file expand line we want to edit the actual All RefAllHome script Use the E button to un expand the script Then use the file open to navigate to the actual script we want to change PIX Lookin Scis sl enem Fes Common Z Al RunTabPage Z FlyOut F a Maintenance Z Al SettingsCommontTabPage EX FlyOut F MyRecent Al CurrentToolDescEdit Z Al SettingsGroupPage gt FlyOut F Documents Al GotowCOrigin All SettingsSpindleTabPage A HdwPP 4 EX Al HdwGroupPage Al Sim gt Ref Ope Z Al HdwPPPage Al StopButton 3 Ref Ope Desktop Al HdwSignalsTabPage 2 Al ToolingPage X Ref Ope altdwVendor1TabPage Al ToolPathBounds 4 Ref Ope ae Z altHistory All UserExtsPage A Ref Ope AlJogOycincr Al WCOGroupPage A Ref Ope My Documents al JogMinus 2 Al WCOLoad 3 Ref Ope Al JogPlus Al WCOProbingTabPage 4 Ref Ope E Al LoadPage 2 Al WCOReport 4 Run Tez Z Al WCOSave Z settings My Computer E ALRefPage A AI WCOSaveAs Z Settings Al RunBigTabPage Al WCOTouchTabPage 3 Settings Al RunGroupPage EX FlyOut Rapid25Percent 1 Settings E gt J File name All RefAllHome DN sek Files of type Basic Files m1s v Cancel Important Right click the script name select copy Navigate up the tree and back down to
286. tallation directory Deleting the Mach directory also deletes portions but not all of MachStdMill This can lead to the an inability to uninstall or reinstall MSM It is strongly recommended that you treat MachStdMill and Mach like any other modern windows program and refrain from attempting to do manual modifications to the MachStdMill installation 13 4 2 Changing screens Once MachStdMill is initially installed and a MachStdMill profile has been configured for Mach you should never again need to use the mach menus for View Load Screens Once running MSM all changes of screens and resolutions are done from within MachStdMill using the Load Screen button on the Setting Common page of MSM DO not attempt to use the Mach menus to change between MSM screens or resolutions The mach menus are only to be used if changing the screen set a specific profile is to start by default Since MSM always sets up a separate profile for running Mach MSM this is only needed when initially creating an MSM profile Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 248 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 14 MachStdMill Resource Information The MachStdMill screen set uses user space resources DROs LEDs User labels Ticker and Macro numbers When the project was started Newfangled Solutions LLC directed us to pick a resource range and homestead it Knowing that there was no perfect choice of ranges the resources ranges MachS
287. tdMill provides action buttons to literally do G43 or G49 this covers 99 of the common G code cases A button for G44 was not provided due to G44 usage being very rare If you need to use G44 for TLO either use MDI or program it into your G code 5 4 1 4 TLO Active LED This led indicates that TLO is currently active This led is lit when either G43 or G44 is active Note that this is not the same as indicating G43 is the current TLO mode 5 4 1 5 Tool Geometry These DROs are R W and provide the user interface to enter the geometry information for the current tool 34 The Mach3 V3 implementation of this is the source of multiple V3 bugs 35 The LED definition is determined by Mach3 not by MachStdMill Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 112 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 5 4 1 5 1 TL Offset The Tool Length Offset Le the TLO not the Physical tool length or PTL of the tool 5 4 1 5 2 Wear Length Length wear adjustment to TLO of the tool 5 4 1 5 3 Diameter Offsets 5 4 1 5 4 Diameter Nominal Diameter of the tool w o wear value applied 5 4 1 5 5 Wear Diameter Wear adjustment to diameter of the tool 5 4 1 6 Tool description The Tool description line shows the text description of the current tool 5 4 1 6 1 Edit Button This button allows you to edit the Tool description NOTE Because of the limitations of the Mach3 Tool Table on Mach V3 MSM internally utilizes the description field
288. tdMill reserves for it s exclusive use are 1700 1899 for 200 DROs 1700 1899 for 200 LEDs 170 200 for 30 User Labels 170 189 for 20 Tickers 1700 1799 for 100 M macro numbers Any Mach3 add on wizard or script which allocates resources in these ranges is probably incompatible with MachStdMill and is likely to cause runtime errors in Mach and or MachStdMill The numerical pattern makes it easy to remember if the magic number you are considering using starts with 17 or 18 pick another range the 17s and 18s have been homesteaded by MachStdMill gt MachStdMill may not use 100 of these resources at first release resource space is included for future additions and changes The 18 series resources are used by MachStdMill with Mach V3 to implement Mach features which are expected to migrate into Mach3 with a later release of Mach3 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 249 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 15 Customizing MachStdMill This chapter contains information about techniques for customizing MachStdMill Mach3 allows a very high degree of customization Mach3 users have the ability to alter many fundamental aspects of how Mach3 works The modifications created by users range from a simple addition of a stock button to a screen page to complex packages that redesign the user interface appearance and extend the functionality of Mach3 as seen by a machi
289. te Start up MachStdMill using the cloned screen set file you already customized to point to the new script we are going to create You get the initial load page which has a RefAllHome button on it If you click the RefAllHome now you will get an error as it will try to execute a script file that is not created yet Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 262 MachStdMill User Manual Mach3 CNC Licensed To David Bagby File Config Function Cfo s View Wizards Operator PlugIn Control Help No File Loaded Jogging Cont za PA MPG Step 0 0500 FCyc incr xX VY A sv Ss Ww Load Recent Edit Close Last Wizard Pick Wizard Rewind f Mach3 Reset Mil gt G15 G0 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 ACOR mpe CU AAA E a Load WC Offset Tooling Run User Exts Settings Hardware Clear Hist We will edit this button Follow Bounds TPath Sim 9999 0000 18 9999 9999 0000 0 0000 9999 0000 0 0000 9999 0000 _ 0 0000 Revision 2 15 0 00 02 12 9999 0000 9999 0000 9999 0000 9999 0000 EE Reference I will illustrate the use of the mach menus to find the Master script file we want to copy and then edit Use the menus to open the RerfAllHome button operator edit button script click on the ref all home button The script editor will open and look like this Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 263 MachStdMill User Manual Rev
290. te DROs and therefore their values will not match the panel equation under the following conditions 1 A G68 XY plane rotation is in effect 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 5 1854 0 1854 5 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Figure 48 WC Offset Detail Panel Exception Condition When these conditions are true the equal sign in the panel changes as shown above to let you know that panel equation is incomplete incorrect 4 3 Touch Off 4 3 1 Touch block panel This panel has a graphic that illustrates the available touch off operations The blue arrows on this panel are graphic action buttons Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 80 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 T Plate MasterT Active 3 Mode f No Radius Offset Figure 49 WC Touch Off Graphic Button Panel To use the graphic buttons to set a WC Offset position the current tool on a surface vertical surface for X Y Offsets horizontal top surface for Z Offset and then click the corresponding Arrow button graphic within the panel The offset for that axis will be set from the current position of the tool using the tool table geometry of the current tool 4 3 1 1 Touching to Set a WC Axis Zero 4 3 1 1 1 X Y Zero from Edge Finder The following figure shows a traditional edge finder being used to locate an X axis edge Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 81 MachStdMill User
291. technique is used to touch all the other tools to PartZO and thereby set the TLOs for the tools Because of the WCOz set by the MTM SetZ0 operation the touch off formula refer to Equation 5 TLO Formula results in TLO values that are relative to the MT This is illustrated in the next figure Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 205 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MTM TL Offsets Relative to Master TL Offsets will be positive OR Gage Line rs negative values MC ZO WCO Sees ee ee Dee H2 Master TLO 0 0 WUE een Part Z0 Figure 154 MTM TLOs Relative to MT Observe that in MTM the TLO values may be either positive or negative values e TLO values will be positive for any tool which is longer than the Master tool e TLO values will be negative for any tool which is shorter than the Master tool e Any tool which happens to be exactly the same length as the master tool will have a TLO 0 Because of this relationship of TLO signs to MT length many operators choose to use a Master tool which is longer than any other tool If the MT is the longest tool all the TLO values will be negative as they are when using the regular touch off technique Since ZO was set with the MT and the MT is the longest tool any tool change will place the new Tool Off of the part when it is at WC Z0 before TLO is applied as all tools are shorter than the MT H
292. teeeenaes 245 A EE WEE 245 13 21 Tool Changes amp G code MOTE tii ee 245 Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 12 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 1322 TooliCh nes E EE 245 13 2 2 1 EE 245 13 2 2 2 TC M6End Movement indias 246 13 3 Profile Dependant M Code aen 247 Dl MECO Macro US ee E 247 13 3 2 Profiles and different Screem Sets 52 cisscccaacscs sicatasntscnessnsseaea ceases ENEE deet 247 13 4 Old Mach habits to Old ii deed eens 248 13 4 1 Wiping the Mach install direct 248 E EEN 248 14 MachStdMill Resource Information atinada ias ic 249 15 Customizing MachStdMill acaricia nii iii 250 15 1 MachStdMill and Mach3 IA tas 250 15 2 Tension Between Updates and Customization cee eeseessecsseceseeeseeeeeeceaeenseeseeeeeasees 251 15 2 1 Master and Customized Files i ciicseci enndavcoatestncesees seapacnesevsnccassaccedetedegueeaunbactennds 251 15 2131 Master Piles odias 251 15 22 User ege De 252 15 2 1 3 MachStdMill Directory Structure Conventions ococcoocccconcncnonanononccononcnnnnncnnnns 252 15 3 Mach3 V3 Hardware Configurations Profiles and MachStdMill Screen Sets 252 15 3 1 Protesis 253 15 4 Key Mach3 Application Programming Interfaces AbPls 253 ISAL RO SC A A A dete A ae te Bale 254 15 4 1 1 SUMMA EE 254 134 2 FExpa d Eeer ege Eed ee Ee 254 15 4 2 1 A eher ua aaa ae catered E ones 254 15 5 eer Set Biles Seed 254 15 5 1 Customizing MachStdMill Ser les 255 15 5 27 Ma
293. tended as a hook for auto tool changer support and there is no standardization of auto tool changers within the Mach3 user base the MachStdMill screen set does not include complete out of the box support for this mode MachStdMill provides a defined M6Start script interface which may be used to integrate custom Auto Tool Changer script with the MachStdMill M6Start script When the tool changer mode is auto tool changer the MachStdMill M6Start script will look for an externally supplied auto tool changer script and run it from M6Start A template of this interface script is provided it is up to the auto tool changer implementer to complete the script appropriately for the tool changer hardware being supported In the lt Mach install dir gt macros lt profile name gt directory for a profile which is running MachStdMill MachStdMill places a template script M6ATC_template m1s This is the template Auto tool changer script Make a copy of the template add your auto tool changer code and save the completed script as M6ATC m1s in the same directory as the template script or compile it to create M6ATC mcc M6ATC will be invoked by MachStdMill s M6Start script when Mach3 is in auto tool changer mode Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 89 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Because M6ATC is a profile specific script it is necessary to place a copy of it in the lt Mach install dir gt mac
294. the MSM Probe LEDs to turn on when any device is triggered which makes it easy to manually check the devices for connection and correct operation When using the two signal interface approach the probe signal is the default input signal that mach and MSM use The Touch plate input the mach Timing signal pin is dynamically selected during a probe operation and is used to replace the Probe signal input only when the touch plate is in actual use for a probing operation that uses a touch plate This makes the Probe input the active input 99 9 of the time Thus pushing on the probe will toggle the MSM Probe LEDs However it is now effectively impossible to use the MSM probe LEDs to test the touch plates as the touch plate signal is only connected thru Mach to MSM for brief periods during the course of a TP probe operation This is an unavoidable consequence of the two signal interface implementation BoB interactions Some break out boards have implemented the electronics required to accept mixed active high and active low signals combine them and feed the combined SINGLE input signal into mach as the Probe signal the PMDX 126 is an example of a breakout board which offers this features In this situation there are two wires from two devices connected to two screw terminals on the break out board HOWEVER only one signal is provided as input into mach This is a one signal but two pin interface situation not a t
295. the TLO value is not equal to 0 It is hoped that this feature will go away in a future version of Mach3 it causes multiple internal problems including G code state machine contradictions Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 108 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 When all tools have a zero offset value the Mach3 control logic can not compensate for the physical length of the tool Rather than using TLO compensation you will be resetting the WC Z Zero surface every time you change a tool thereby changing the WCOz offset value To prepare for resetting Z Zero on each tool change you should set up the G BIk height If you will be using a gage block or feeler gage between the tool tip and your z zero when touching the tool Mach needs to know the thickness of the gage block so that it can compensate for it and set Z zero to the correct height The setting for the gage block height setting is on the Settings Common page fF TLO G BIk is TP 6 0000 Figure 76 Gage Plate Height Setting For example we sometimes uses a gage block that lights up when touched with a tool The block is nominally 1 high Therefore in the figure the height is set to 1 003 inches the actual measured height of the block If you were using a 5 thousandths feeler gage you would set the height to 0 005 If you intend to touch the tool directly to the reference surface i e not using a gage block set the gage block height to 0
296. the ZO surface Look at the Z WC DRO do the numbers match the distance you are from the Z0 surface If things look good do another tool change to a different tool and repeat the above sanity check until you are comfortable with what is going on What you are doing is manually creating tool changes just as a g code program would call for and checking that the results are good Now move the part in the vise to change the ZO level We just moved the stock so we need to reset ZO Mount the probe master tool and use a probing operation s to reestablish XYZ zero Now do some manual tool changes and recheck some more by now you should get a feel for what the expected steps are and how Tool changes will work during a program run Note Each time the Probe MT is remounted it can have a different PTL This does not cause us problems as the only time the Probe MT physical length is used to set levels is after the Probe MT has been mounted and measured Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 215 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 In MTM the other tools all get their TLOs set to values relative to the PTL of the master Having the master PTL change it is in an NRH holder is OK here as we are always measuring EVRY tool for every tool change 9 5 Tutorial Touch Plates only with NRH Tool Holders This section is an exploration of how to use MTM and the Tool Change Auto Tool measurements when all you have are the op
297. the jumper probe to the input line and just showing externally exposed 1 2 of the opto isolator we would get 0 Ce O 0 Figure 103 Composite Opto Input and Probe Switch The above is what the jumper is doing and it generally works fine with Opto isolated inputs For the jumper case when the switch is closed current flows thru the LED and it gets bright that turns on the Opto transistor that feed the G540 side not shown above When the switch is closed the current thru the opto will be 12 2 2k 5 5 ma When the switch is open the G540 LED will be off and so will the opto transistor it drives So the two states from the electronics point of view are Closed probe inactive 5 5 ma current Open probe active 0 ma current This is the behavior you want so why can connecting the probe cause a problem Because the probe is not just the switch it also has the LED in it If we add the Probe s LED and resistor to the above circuit we then get this schematic Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 141 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 a 6540 Opto LED Ke Ga40 side of circuit Probe side of ci Figure 104 Typical Probe with LED This is a different situation from Figure 103 With the switch closed we have the same situation as before 5 5ma thru the G540 opto LED Now let s assume the forward voltage drop across both LEDs are1 5v when they are on
298. the value of the pull up resistor one needs to know the internal circuit characteristics of the Opto used by the BoB and the Probe s indicator circuit Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 143 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Since CVI is not in the business of designing custom electronic interfaces to various BoBs we have to point you back to the BoB vendor for electronic interface issues If you are experiencing this situation please contact your BoB vendor for advice on interfacing this type of LED indicating probe with their product Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 144 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 7 Advanced Tool Change Options 7 1 1 TC Options amp Master Tool Mode Panel This panel contains Tool Change and Master Tool Mode option controls The panel has two primary functions a To set TC options b To control Master Tool Mode TC Auto TCP TC Auto TLO TLO PTL Measure Tool Skip RH Tools Master T Mode Figure 106 TC Options amp Master Tool Mode Panel 7 1 2 WC Offset This DRO displays the current WCO in use This control lets the operator easily verify the current WC when setting TC options 7 1 3 TC amp Master Tool Mode Options Multiple Tool Change options are presented in this panel Some of the options have other options as prerequisites The relationships are indicted by the lines linking the option buttons The use of the TC Auto TLO option
299. thing works before tinkering with it In this respect software is no different than a physical mechanical device We highly recommend that before attempting to make any modification to MachStdMill that one read this chapter of the user manual carefully to gain an initial understanding of how MachStdMill is structured internally 15 2 Tension Between Updates and Customization Allowing user customization of a product creates significant issues for both the user and the vendor Vendor s do not want and can not afford to expend time and money helping implement and or debug user customizations At the same time users want to be able to tailor operation to their preferences Customization also creates headaches with support and product updates How can a vendor be assured that bug fixes and new features get distributed to their users What happens when a bug fix changes something a user has customized Which takes precedence When a user reports a bug how does the vendor verify the bug It is the result of a flaw in a distributed script Or the result of a user modification These are no magic simple universal solutions to these issues 15 2 1 Master and Customized Files MachStdMill addresses these issues by incorporating the concepts of Master Files and user Customized Files 15 2 1 1 Master Files Master files are what MachStdMill puts on the hard disk when it is installed The directory structure a
300. through the User Manual you will encounter features which require support from optional hardware Note This section refers to topics covered within the body of the Manual and uses terms and abbreviations defined within those sections The first time reader may want to return here after they have perused the rest of the manual at least once The new MSM user often asks questions about what combination is best for me MachStdMill supports all the possible combinations of a At least three different TLO techniques b Gage blocks c Two different touch plates and d An active probe tool That makes for a lot of combinations Explaining and documenting all these in the user manual was a non trivial task While the result is a manual which covers all the potential combinations the number of combination can be confusing for the user new to MachStdMill New MachStdMill users tend to wonder what should I be doing first Which of these combinations of TLO techniques amp Optional hardware will really be the most useful to me To help with these questions here is the author s presumably informed opinion In order of increasing initial effort amp expense 1 Forget all about Probes and touch plates just stick to doing what you ve been doing before you ever heard of MSM a Pro Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 30 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 i Least hardware effort and cost ii This is w
301. thus so does switch supply the input pin signal to the Triggered PP and thus into Mach Figure 100 Probe test results of probe input line 6 3 2 2 Semi Technical Explanation For this I m going to use the Gecko G540 as an example only because it was the interface under discussion when this was written up Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 139 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 The potential problem is that the probes with a LED in them do not appear as just a switch to the input line of the Break out board What follows is a summary of the technical situation The input lines on the G540 and many other BoBs are opto isolated This is generally a good thing but can have some side effects In the G540 case the input lines of the G540 look like this excerpted from the G540 schematic posted on the Gecko Yahoo group iLo7v4 ne GROUND DB25 P11 TN cc 2 2 2K f a 4 AN HO INPUT P11 0825 P12 i A 2 2K P We posta ft l AN HO INPUT P12 0825 P13 ao A 2 2K AN HO INPUT P13 0825 P15 I Ni gt 2 2K f 0825 GND gt Ls AN HO INPUT P15 GECKODRIVE G540 SCHEMATIC MARCH 2 2008 Figure 101 G540 Opto Inputs The Jumpers or a simple switch are electrically this Figure 102 Switch Jumper Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 140 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 So rearranging and connecting
302. tion BEFORE the physical tool change has been finished by the operator MachStdMill indicates this by updating the info in the current tool panel and dynamically changing the panel label from Current Tool to Next Tool The following figure shows the Current Tool panel when it is showing the Next Tool information and waiting for the operator to complete a Stop amp Wait tool change by pressing Run Cycle Start 3 G43 G49 0 5000 0 0000 2 0000 0 0000 TEST RH holder tool Tool Change Mount tool in Spindle Figure 82 Current Tool amp TC Panel During V3 Tool Change Once the tool change is completed the Current tool panel changes back to showing the now Current tool information and the Dynamic Run Cycle Start button is again disabled until the next tool change The next figure shows the Panel at the end of a tool change to T2 36 This is a known Mach3 V3 bug as of when this manual was written Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 115 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Current Tool Ha lt a al TLO Active 0 5000 0 0000 2 0000 0 0000 USA Tool Change Tool Change Complete Figure 83 Current Tool Panel at end of TC Finally at the end of a tool change sequence MachStdMill automatically switches the active page back to whatever page was active when the Tool change started 5 4 2 Next Tool Panel The Next Tool Panel displays informa
303. tion for button script files which looks like this lt page name gt lt button name gt For the case of the RefAllHome script the filename is All RefAllHome This tells us that this script is used for All MachStdMill pages and is the script for the RefAllHome buttons Le this is the single script used for all instances of a RefAllHome button changing this single script changes the actions of all RefAllhome buttons All changes to the button s action are accomplished without any need to open or change the set file Putting all the pieces together we see that mach will go expand the file C Mach3 ScreenSetMacros MachStdMill set Masters Scripts All RefAllHome m1s This is the file that one would want to edit to change the action of the RefAllHome buttons Once the concept of indirect button scripts is understood doing the edit is just as easy as it is for direct button scripts The script editor has been enhanced to understand expand Let s change the action of the RefAllHome buttons for MachStdMill let s change it button to just put up a message box that says Hello I am the RefAllHome button script 15 7 4 Example Changing the RefAllHome Action These are screen shots taken as I actually did this change while writing this document NOTE This example assumes that you have already created and loaded the Custom screen Set file that points the button to the custom script file we are about to crea
304. tion for the Next Tool The Next Tool is the T specified by the last executed T word Next Tool Winch 0 4000 0 0000 5 0000 0 0000 tool 1 test Figure 84 Next Tool Panel The next tool panel can not be used to change next tool information 5 4 2 1 Setup Units Indicator At the top of the Panel just to the left of the Current Tool DRO the units for the information is the panel is displayed This will always be the machine s setup units and will not change unless Mach is restarted with a profile that has different setup units The values for setup units are inch and mm Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 116 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 5 4 3 Tool Table Information Browse Panel The Browse Panel is a convenient way for the operator to browse and set Tool information into the tool table 2 0000 0 0000 0 5000 0 0000 TEST RH holder tool 0 0000 Save Mach TT Edit Load Figure 85 Tool Browse Panel ee 66 You can use the T DRO to set the tool you want to see information for You can also use the and buttons to change the T DRO The geometry values and tool attributes can be edited from this panel This is done by pressing the edit button 5 4 4 Tool Table Data Edit and Storage Buttons The internal Mach3 tool table is a memory data structure Changes made while Mach3 is running are made to the memory resident data structure To ma
305. tional Touch Plates TP s For the following discussion it would be good to be familiar with sections 1 7 5 4 7 8 4 and 9 of the MSM user manual Machine optional hardware scenario e Optional hardware present o TCP TP o Mobile TP This is a match for the level 3 hardware scenario given in section 1 7 of the user manual Operational Assumption 1 The TCP is properly set up and it s location is calibrated and known to MSM See section 7 1 4 for how to set up the TCP TP Operational Assumption 2 The Probing parameters are set up to successfully probe to a TP see section 8 4 for probing parameters e Tool holders o Only NRH This means we will not be using the Skip RH Tools option for a tool change Since ALL tool holders are NRH each time a tool is mounted it must be measured as the Tool s PTL may change each time the tool is mounted Goal 1 Least amount of effort for setting stock Zeros and Tool TLOs Goal 2 Auto measurement of tools each time a tool is mounted Possible Solution Use Master Tool Modes MTM MTM is easier during operation and so Goal 1 will lead us to choose MTM So let s get started First we need to make an arbitrary choice e We need to pick a tool for the master tool It doesn t matter what we pick It s just that we have to pick one so that when that tool is mounted and MTM is active the software will know to take the desired actions Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures
306. tions The B Center operation will probe the cylinder at the Y location the operation is started from The B Edge operation will do it s first B Center operation then move in the Y direction to do to 2 operation 8 9 2 1 3 B Axis Edge Operation Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 187 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This operation measures and finds the center of a cylinder along the Y axis and measures it s parallelism relative to the Y axis A B Center operation is done to measure and locate the cylinder center Then the probe is moved in the Y direction the distance specified in the Edge Width Probing Op Parameters DRO At that location a second B Center operation is performed The results of the two operations are used to calculate the X Delta and Z Delta of the cylinder from the Y Axis direction The accuracy of this operation depends on the fact that a circular cylinder is being probed If the cylinder has any taper Le it s a cone rather than a cylinder the results will be inaccurate The diameter of the two B Center operations is compared and if they differ by a significant amount a warning is displayed The cylinder is also assumed to be straight any bend in the cylinder will create errors in the results 8 9 2 1 4 B Axis Rotation Angle Operation This operation can be used to determine the rotation angle of the B Axis It is also useful for measuring the angle of a plane which is rotated
307. to start test and also the Probe and trigger with stick test Do all XY directions work 8 11 4 Test Z direction probing We now know that basic line probing routines work in X and Y We now proceed to check out Lose Z max is set to 1 confirm this Start from a height where 1 Z travel downward should not get close to anything Do a Probe Z It should go 1 not find a surface tell you and that then go back to where it started Do it again only this time use your stick pencil to trigger the probe does it then think it found a Z surface Did the Z Zero get set to the where you triggered the probe If all is well all 3 axes are working for basic probing hardware triggering Let try a real probing operation 8 11 5 The First XY Probing Operations Set up something to use as a probing target A nice rectangular block works well Jog the probe tip over near block position the probe in Z so that the top of the tip sphere is a bit below the top surface of the block Back off the block a bit say 1 2 to 3 4 inch Now go thru trying the X probe op It should find the block stop and back off of the block by the XY clearance amount Using the params we set up above the gap between the probe tip and the block s vertical surface will be 0 100 when the operation completes If the probe only button is OFF you will see that the WC zero for the X axis has been set to the surface the probe found Copyright
308. unity support forums SGL Often times the answer to a question may be TE readily found in the support forum Support f CVI User Community We monitor the support forums and prefer to Forums handle technical support thru the forums this allows other users to also benefit from the knowledge shared as issues are found and fixed Please click the link below to be taken to our support community Upgrades and Updates To Upgrade a Personal Edition License to the Professional Edition or to extend the update period for an existing license click the button to the right to go to the CVI Customer Service Portal CVI Customer Once logged into your account you can view the Service Portal licenses you own and pick which one s you wish to upgrade The Customer Service Portal also allow you to see your purchase history and get duplicate copies of invoices v http www calypsoventures com support html SOG 100 Figure 196 CVI support web page You want the Upgrades and Updates section of the page Select the CVI Customer Service Portal button and you will get the log in page Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 297 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 omer Sel ome Log In In to Y A Please select a login method Existing Customers If you are an existing customer please enter your login information below and then click the Log In button L
309. ure 128 Corners Probes and Step Off Width oooooonninnccnnnoncccnncconocnconnonccnnnnccnnnnconne nn nnnrc cnn 167 Figure 129 Corner Probe Movement Sequence siii ia ii 168 Figure 130 Rotated Block Corner Operation 0 EE 168 Figure 131 Starting touch spots for Angled Block Corner Probes AAA 169 Figure 132 Edge Angle Measurements vsvnionpidanaidaia doi add 170 Pigure 133 Edge Finding EE 171 Figure 134 Ridge and Valley Probe R sultSo 00009 echt et caters Gadel 177 Figure 135 Pocket amp Post Results 0 E 181 Fig r 136 A Axis Probing Panel dido 182 Figure 137 YZ Zero Option Graphic EC 183 Figure 138 A Axis Probing Results ion id 185 Figure 139 B Axis Probing Panel ge 186 Figure 140 XZ Zero Option Graphic Buttons 187 Figur 141 A Axis Probing eeneg a a io 189 Figure 142 Tdeal Probe Acton q tt Bie iE eae AAA AA AA GE ee 191 Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 17 MachStdMill User Manual Figure 143 Figure 144 Figure 145 Figure 146 Figure 147 Figure 148 Figure 149 Figure 150 Figure 151 Figure 152 Figure 153 Figure 154 Figure 155 Figure 156 Figure 157 Figure 158 Figure 159 Figure 160 Figure 161 Figure 162 Figure 163 Figure 164 Figure 165 Figure 166 Figure 167 Figure 168 Figure 169 Figure 170 Figure 171 Figure 172 Figure 173 Figure 174 Figure 175 Figure 176 Figure 177 Figure 178 Figure 179 Figure 180 Figure 181 Figure 182 Figure 183 F
310. used 6 Run the G code program The main MachStdMill screen pages correspond to the steps of this sequence A note to new Mach3 users If you are just learning Mach3 you can do all the actions in this section in what is known as sim mode Simulation mode is what Mach3 provides when loaded on a PC without the parallel port driver or an external motion control device plug in This is a recommended safe way to learn how Mach3 operates any mistakes made while learning are much less likely to result in physically mangled metal 3 1 1 Starting the Mill When Mach3 starts 1t loads the default last loaded Screen set If you have installed MachStdMill Mach should be set to load MachStdMill upon start up MachStdMill starts up on the Load page so that you are ready to reference the machine and load G code 3 1 2 Loading Code Below is the Load page as it will typically appear once the machine is running and reset out of E stop so that Mach is Reset Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 47 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 i Mach CNC Licensed To David Bagby led File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Clear Hist Recent Edit Close last Wizard Pick Wizard FG Code Utility No File Loaded Rewind Regen JFollow Bounds TPath Sim 0 00 00 00 Jogging Cont 20 0 e Ain Extent Current Po fax Extent MPG Step 0 0500 Cye ner Mac um 0 0000 G
311. ut the values are not considered valid unless the tool is marked as not empty 5 4 4 1 2 2 2 Holder Type The tool holder type may be either RH repeatable height or NRH Non repeatable height This attribute and the Skip RH Tools button control how the tool is processed during tool changes RH type tool holders can be skipped for automatic tool measurement during tool changes 5 4 4 1 2 3 Tool Length Geometry This section provides access to the tool length related geometry All values in this section are in the setup units inch or mm of the machine 5 4 4 1 2 3 1 Tool Length Offset Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 118 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 This is the TLO Tool Length Offset value for the tool 5 4 4 1 2 3 2 Tool Length Offset Wear This is the TLO wear value for the tool 5 4 4 1 2 3 3 PTL Physical Tool Length This field displays the PTL of the tool Viewing the measured PTL for a tool which is useful when Auto TLO is in use for Tool Changes described later in this chapter or when using PTLs as the TLO values and using MachStdMill to measure tools When MachStdMill is used with a TCP TP to measure a tool it is the physical tool length PTL which can be measured The PTL value is used in conjunction with the WC settings to determine the tool s TLO value PTL is only used internally by MachStdMill to facilitate certain operations Ex Auto TLO and is always in setup units
312. vation Successful Figure 176 Successful Activation If there was a problem with the activation process an error code will be presented in the dialog For an explanation of common activation error codes see the appropriate section below 16 1 2 2 Installation Deactivation When MachStdMill is activated the License Installation is keyed to the machine it was activated on creating a unique MachStdMill Installation MachStdMill allows you to move an installation from one machine to another This is accomplished by deactivating a current installation installing MachStdMill on the new machine and then activating the new machine using your license ID and password To access this dialog after MachStdMill is loaded go to the reference page click the Activation button and choose the online deactivation action Confirming this dialog deactivates only the specific PC installation and not the MachStdMill license itself You will use your still valid license to activate the new installation 16 1 2 3 Manual Activation Manual activation is only used for unusual support circumstances You will need to use this only at the direction of CVI product support Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 282 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 16 1 2 4 Proxy Offline Activation MachStdMill also supports activation of computers which are not connected to the internet This is supported via the use of a Proxy
313. vided on the Load page to reference the axes Pressing the REF ALL button will cause Mach to reference all enabled axes When an axis has been referenced the Axis label for that Axis changes to green to indicate that the axis is referenced The following figure shows the same panel with all four axes referenced Copyright O 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 51 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Figure 22 Axes Referenced While Mach can be run with the axes unreferenced it is not recommended Many Mach operations implicitly assume that Mach knows the absolute position of the spindle wrt the machine coordinate system Performing various operations with unreferenced axes can result in unexpected spindle movements The example steps within this section assume that your machine has home switches Press the REF ALL button to reference your axes before continuing 3 1 2 11 Loading Sample G code Now that we have identified all the controls on the Load page let s load a G code program When a G code program is loaded several things occur One of the actions Mach performs is a check of the G code for syntax errors If the loaded program contains errors they will be shown as they are found in the Error Message bar If you see an error message you may use the History button to open the error log file The follow
314. w Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help end of broaram Clear Hist Load Recent Edit K i ege Title MSM Haoov Face Close Revision 1 MEN Wizard Material size 40x40 xo Bete Al Proaram zero XO Left edae PRT YO top eaga Wizard ZO ton face cools T1 0 378 S flute EM CUTTER T2 0 250 2 flute EM diamin D02 WA 3 ili C Mach3 GCode MSM Happy pay Rewind Regen JFollow Bounds TPath Sim 0 00 02 14 Jogging Cont zeg FF n Extent rent Po eng Wee SEB o osoo emer fach 40 0000 25500 3 7375 Feed ode Reset 373751 34420 0 0000 X TZ aoo y sv S M 0 1250 0 0000 3 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Mill gt G15 G1 G17 G40 G20 G90 G94 G54 G49 G99 G64 G97 A TS A SA Load WC Offset Tooling Run User Exts Settings Hardware Reference Figure 26 Estimated run time shown 3 1 3 Setting Work Coordinate Offsets Now use the page navigation buttons at the bottom of the page to change to the WC Offset page 14 The Mach simulation calculations assume tool changes are instantaneous Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 56 MachStdMill User Manual Mech CNC Licensed To David Bagby File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Touch Off f Probing SS X 0 6891 re Y 0 4586 Zero 1 3387 CG 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 6891 0 4586 1 3387 0 0000 Clear 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0
315. with the date settings 16 1 1 2 Licensing Dialog You may purchase or activate a license while running MachStdMill During the trial period MachStdMill is set up to let you learn and use all of MachStdMill s features The Software is nag free until the last part of the trial period when the Licensing dialog will be displayed to the user when MachStdMill loads After purchasing a MachStdMill license you will want to invoke the activation process to change from the installation from Trial mode To start the Activation steps go to the Reference page and click on the Activation button You should then see this dialog which presents the available activation methods Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 278 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 MM Please Select an Activation Action MachStdMill Activation Actions Online Activation Proxy Activation Online DeActivation Proxy DeActivation Cancel Figure 172 Activation Methods Dialog Select the activation method you want to use Online or Proxy activation then follow the steps in the corresponding sub section of this manual to complete the activation 16 1 1 3 Online Activation This is the online licensing activation dialog Ml MachStdMill MachStdMill ES Purchase MachStdMill Online Open my browser to the online ordering page Activate MachStdMill have already purchased and would like to activate the product gt Evaluate
316. wo part operation the machine will probe down to find the Z height of the surface at the X Y location the operation is started from The operator then jogs manually to the location for the second part of the probe operation To initiate the second part of the operation click the second highlighted area of the operation The green oval without the down arrow Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 184 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 A second Z probe is then performed at the second location and the results calculated from the two probe points This split operation is useful when two surfaces used to align a rotary axis may not be part of a singe contiguous surface This allows the operator to jog around fixture obstructions which might be in the way Note that when doing a two part operation that the results from the first operation are assumed by the second operation If any other probing operations are done in between part land part 2 the part 2 operation will refuse to execute to prevent generating erroneous results 8 9 1 1 5 A Axis Results Panel This is the Probing results area for the A Axis Group 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 2987 6 6611 1 0123 Probing Op Probing Error Probe Op Reset X Y Rotd Figure 138 A Axis Probing Results Note that each operation in the group only updates the applicable DROs 8 9 2 The B Axis Group The B Axis rotation center is aligned parallel to the Y axis Copyrigh
317. wo signal two pin interface as Mach and MSM are only using the single Probe input signal Do not confuse this with the Two signal interface The two signal interface also uses two wires and two physical connections pins but it also presents two separate logical signals to mach one from each input pin Mach Version restriction The Two signal interface requires the use of a Mach script interface that is not present in a Mach LockDown release prior to mach 3 43 66 MSM checks to see if the two signal interface is being used and also checks the Mach version If the combination is incompatible a prominent warning is displayed to the user when MSM starts MSM allows Mach and itself to go ahead and startup so that the user can either use the Mach ports amp pins dialog to rectify the conflict or update the installed Mach release CAUTION Ignoring the mach version warning is a very bad idea Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 135 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 6 2 Optional Hardware and Advanced Features Note If setting a system up for touch plates only no 3D probe device the use of the one signal interface approach is recommended set the touch plate s up on the mach probe signal 6 2 1 Mobile TP If you want to be able to automate the setting of TLOs relative to a parts ZO surface you need a mobile TP You do not need to have the Mobile TP if you only want to measure TLOs as part of a tool change
318. y be selected via the dialog When a script is selected by the dialog it is then executed Note that when running the selected script if ABC m1s is selected and ABC mcc also exists the mcc file will be run This is the normal way that Mach handles mec and m1s extension priority Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 228 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 10 3 1 6 Misc Config Control Group 10 3 1 6 1 Reset Interpreter This button resets the Mach G code interpreter 10 3 1 6 2 Set Utility Paths This button opens a dialog box sequence to configure the Non G code editor and the PDF reader utility paths The Non G code Editor is used to display text log files and reports tool table etc The Non G code Editor is used to display and edit G Code files Note that the G code editor which is set via Mach3 s General Config dialog and is NOT USED BY MSM The Mach Config dialog G Code editor can t pass command line parameters down to the editor MSM allows you to specify command line parameters for the editors For the G Code editor the command line parameters are saved independently form mill and lathe modes This allows you to use the feature of some G Code editors that allows the editor to be told how to handle the G Code file as a lathe or as a mill G Code file The PDF reader utility is used to open and display documentation files 10 3 1 7 Probing Controls Group This group contains controls to configure the
319. yed probing operation results are not valid when an error has occurred The LED will stay on after the operation ends to let the operator know that an error occurred 8 6 10 Probe Op Reset Button This button will reset the probing operation subsystem and clear any prior probing operation errors The button also clears the probing operation status message and the Mach3 message area at the top of the screen Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 171 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 8 6 10 1 1 Probe Only amp Measurement Resolution The MachStdMill probing operations were designed for work offset setting etc The probe only option was included as simple measurement tool When making measurements with the probe think about the interactions of tolerances absolute precision amp accuracy of the machine s movement mechanisms what is the minimum movement physical resolution of each axis All this will factor into the Measurement quality For example If a machine has 10000 steps per inch the minimum movement for the machine will be 1 10k A general rule of thumb is that a measuring device needs to have resolution at least 10x better than the measurement you want to make so right away the machine has a usable measurement resolution limitation of 1 1000 or 0 001 inches Don t get too enamored with all the nice significant digits that the DROs display not all those digits are necessarily filled with good values
320. yright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 225 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Mach CNC Licensed To David Bagby SE File Config Function Cfg s View Wizards Operator Plugin Control Help Common Spindles Clear Hist Probing Ver Debug Setup Load Screen CtrOnLine CV Dist 250 0000 lo G Blk is TP Clone Screen Menu Bar On CV Feed E F 0 1000 6 0000 Code Copy Menu Bar Off Rapid Max 1000 00 7 E 0 0000 0 X Axis IS 0 0000 f Limit Sw O Ride Sgl Step TCP TP Installed Y Axis Verify Y B Axis 0 0000 Muto Limit SWOR Run Maint Script d 0 5000 E A 40 0000 ZAxis Verifyz TC Avis 0 0000 STEP TP EZ Spindle Vfy All De Ref All Reset Interpreter f Set Utility Paths 10 1038 0 0000 0 0000 Zero T Set Ref Point aes re 0 0000 Go Home Pos n 0 0000 mzy 0 0000 0 0000 Go RefPoint ES 0 0000 Go Ref via Mid 1 6919 1 6919 ns MWCORSER FP T oling f Run FUSrEXS Settings F Hardware FReference Figure 159 Settings Common Page 10 3 1 1 General Settings Control Group 10 3 1 1 1 Load Screen This button opens a dialog box which allows you to select the default screen set to be loaded when MachStdMill initializes This facility is also used to change between he MachStdMill 10x7 and 12x9 resolution screen sets Simply select the screen set file for the preferred resolution The MachStdMill Master 10x7 screen set is the default re
321. ze an effective tip diameter can be calculated The effective tip diameter is the physical tip diameter plus compensation for the probe s angular shaft movement when edge finding When doing a circular probe operation with the calibration button on the measured circle diameter will be compared to the Calibrate Diameter value as given by the operator in the Probing Op Parameters panel This lets MachStdMill calculate the effective probe tip diameter which may be different from the physical tip diameter Copyright 2009 2015 Calypso Ventures Inc Page 189 MachStdMill User Manual Revision 2 15 Before the start of the calibration the tool table diameter for the probe tool must be the physical diameter of the probe tip and the actual diameter of the object being probed must be correctly entered The calibration procedure updates the probe tip wear diameter value in the tool table to make the total tip diameter be the newly calculated effective diameter Using the effective diameter instead of the physical tip diameter for probe operations will compensate for angular displacement effects such as cosine errors from probe shaft deflection before triggering When saving the tip compensation value the operator is offered the choice of replacing the current value or averaging the new value with the old value 8 10 1 2 Other Probing Accuracy Considerations There are multiple sources of error that can impact a probing trip point and henc

MachStdMill Screen Set Package

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents